ML18151A610: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
Line 14: Line 14:
| page count = 63
| page count = 63
}}
}}
See also: [[see also::IR 05000280/1998201]]


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:* * * VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RicHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 July 9, 1998 United States Nuclear Regulatory  
{{#Wiki_filter:* *
Commission  
* VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RicHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 July 9, 1998 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attention:
Attention:  
Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555 Gentlemen:
Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555 Gentlemen:  
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 RESPONSE TO SURRY PLANT DESIGN INSPECTION Serial No. NL&OS/SLW Docket Nos. License Nos. NRC INSPECTION REPORT NOS. 50-280/98-201 AND 50-281/98-201 98-300 R1 50-280 50-281 DPR-32. DPR-37 We have reviewed Inspection Report No. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201 dated May 11, 1998 for Surry Units. 1 and 2: This report documents the NRC's plant design inspection conducted February 16, 1998 through March 27, 1998. As requested in the Inspection Report, we have developed a schedule and corrective action plan for the unresolved and inspector follow-up items identified in Appendix A of the report. Immediate corrective actions have been taken for items of potential safety significance and action plans for aggressive resolution of the remaining open items have been developed.
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 RESPONSE TO SURRY PLANT DESIGN INSPECTION  
The specific schedule and corrective action plan for each item is provided in Attachment
Serial No. NL&OS/SLW  
: 1. The Inspection Report also noted items of a programmatic concern. The corrective actions taken to date and the plan to resolve these corrective action,. configuration management and engineering calculation process issues are provided in Attachment
Docket Nos. License Nos. NRC INSPECTION  
: 2. This plan includes provisions to 1) conduct a root cause evaluation of uncompleted corrective action resulting from the internal Electrical Distribution System Functional Assessment, 2) evaluate the applicability of the Inspection Report's results and findings to other plant systems and components, and 3) assess their impact on our earlier response to the NRC's 10 CFR50.54(f) request for information dated October 9, 1996. A summary of the commitments made to resolve issues identified . in the Inspection  
REPORT NOS. 50-280/98-201  
\ Report is provided in Attachment
AND 50-281/98-201  
: 3. Additionally, we are addressing discrepancies and weaknesses identified in the Inspection Report, but not included in the cover letter or Appendix A. These items have been . assigned to responsible individuals for resolution, action plans are being developed and the items are being tracked in our corrective action program . -*. r, 9807160247 980709280.
98-300 R1 50-280 50-281 DPR-32. DPR-37 We have reviewed Inspection  
Report No. 50-280/98-201  
and 50-281/98-201  
dated May 11, 1998 for Surry Units. 1 and 2: This report documents  
the NRC's plant design inspection  
conducted  
February 16, 1998 through March 27, 1998. As requested  
in the Inspection  
Report, we have developed  
a schedule and corrective  
action plan for the unresolved  
and inspector  
follow-up  
items identified  
in Appendix A of the report. Immediate  
corrective  
actions have been taken for items of potential  
safety significance  
and action plans for aggressive  
resolution  
of the remaining  
open items have been developed.  
The specific schedule and corrective  
action plan for each item is provided in Attachment  
1. The Inspection  
Report also noted items of a programmatic  
concern. The corrective  
actions taken to date and the plan to resolve these corrective  
action,. configuration  
management  
and engineering  
calculation  
process issues are provided in Attachment  
2. This plan includes provisions  
to 1) conduct a root cause evaluation  
of uncompleted  
corrective  
action resulting  
from the internal Electrical  
Distribution  
System Functional  
Assessment, 2) evaluate the applicability  
of the Inspection  
Report's results and findings to other plant systems and components, and 3) assess their impact on our earlier response to the NRC's 10 CFR50.54(f)  
request for information  
dated October 9, 1996. A summary of the commitments  
made to resolve issues identified . in the Inspection  
\ Report is provided in Attachment  
3. Additionally, we are addressing  
discrepancies  
and weaknesses  
identified  
in the Inspection  
Report, but not included in the cover letter or Appendix A. These items have been . assigned to responsible  
individuals  
for resolution, action plans are being developed  
and the items are being tracked in our corrective  
action program . -*. r, 9807160247  
980709280.  
PDR ADOCK 05000 G PDR ;( (,0 \ \,-*' /   
PDR ADOCK 05000 G PDR ;( (,0 \ \,-*' /   
* * * We have no objection  
* *
to this letter being made part of the public record. Please contact us if you have any questions  
* We have no objection to this letter being made part of the public record. Please contact us if you have any questions or require additional information.
or require additional  
information.  
Very truly yours, Senior Vice President  
Very truly yours, Senior Vice President  
-Nuclear Attachments  
-Nuclear Attachments cc: US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Atlanta Federal Center 61 Forsyth Street, S.W., Suite 23T85 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Mr. R. A. Musser NRG Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station   
cc: US Nuclear Regulatory  
* *
Commission  
* SERIAL NO. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 CORRECTIVE ACTION PLANS FOR UNRESOLVED ITEMS AND INSPECTOR FOLLOW-UP ITEMS   
Region II Atlanta Federal Center 61 Forsyth Street, S.W., Suite 23T85 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Mr. R. A. Musser NRG Senior Resident Inspector  
* *
Surry Power Station   
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-01 IFI LHSI Pump NPSH (Section E1 .2.1.2(d))
* * * SERIAL NO. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 "The most limiting case for the NPSH available to the LHSI pumps was determined to be at the time of switchover to cold leg recirculation from the containment sump. The most limiting accident scenario was the double-ended pump suction guillotine (DEPSG) break with minimum safeguards and maximum SI single train flow. These calculations determined that the available NPSH of 16.7 ft at the time of switchover to recirculation phase exceeded the required NPSH. of 15.8 ft (.9 ft NPSH margin). To justify the available NPSH of 16.7 ft, a containment overpressure of 12 ft and a containment water height of 4.2 ft was credited.
1 CORRECTIVE  
The team noted that the use of containment overpressure, which is the difference of containment pressure and sump vapor pressure, has generally not been encouraged by the NRG as indicated in Regulatory Guide 1.1, "Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Heat Removal System Pumps" and NUREG 800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 6.2.2. However, in the various correspondences held between the NRG and Virginia Electric & Power Company (VEPCo) during the period from 1977 to 1978, the team found that VEPCo had always credited the use of containment overpressure in determining the available NPSH for the LHSI pump. Based on the small amount of NPSH margin available to the LHSI pumps, and because there is a potential negative impact on pump NPSH from containment sump screen blockage, which is discussed in the RS system review (Section E.1.3.1.2(c)), the team identified the determination of available NPSH to the LHSI pump as an Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-01." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The existing analysis results for Low Head Safety Injection (LHSI) pump available Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) demonstrate that conditions are sufficient for the pumps to perform their safety-related function.
ACTION PLANS FOR UNRESOLVED  
This determination is based upon conservative analyses of the large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) design basis accident scenario which establishes the most demanding conditions for core an*d containment heat removal from the LHSI pumps. The limiting scenario has been established by prior analysis sensitivity studies as a double-ended guillotine break in the pump suction piping. The analysis of NPSH for the LHSI pumps employs conservatisms of the following type: Page 1 of 46   
ITEMS AND INSPECTOR  
FOLLOW-UP  
ITEMS   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-01  
IFI LHSI Pump NPSH (Section E1 .2.1.2(d))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
1 "The most limiting case for the NPSH available  
to the LHSI pumps was determined  
to be at the time of switchover  
to cold leg recirculation  
from the containment  
sump. The most limiting accident scenario was the double-ended  
pump suction guillotine (DEPSG) break with minimum safeguards  
and maximum SI single train flow. These calculations  
determined  
that the available  
NPSH of 16.7 ft at the time of switchover  
to recirculation  
phase exceeded the required NPSH. of 15.8 ft (.9 ft NPSH margin). To justify the available  
NPSH of 16.7 ft, a containment  
overpressure  
of 12 ft and a containment  
water height of 4.2 ft was credited.  
The team noted that the use of containment  
overpressure, which is the difference  
of containment  
pressure and sump vapor pressure, has generally  
not been encouraged  
by the NRG as indicated  
in Regulatory  
Guide 1.1, "Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency  
Core Cooling and Containment  
Heat Removal System Pumps" and NUREG 800, "Standard  
Review Plan," Section 6.2.2. However, in the various correspondences  
held between the NRG and Virginia Electric & Power Company (VEPCo) during the period from 1977 to 1978, the team found that VEPCo had always credited the use of containment  
overpressure  
in determining  
the available  
NPSH for the LHSI pump. Based on the small amount of NPSH margin available  
to the LHSI pumps, and because there is a potential  
negative impact on pump NPSH from containment  
sump screen blockage, which is discussed  
in the RS system review (Section E.1.3.1.2(c)), the team identified  
the determination  
of available  
NPSH to the LHSI pump as an Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-01." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The existing analysis results for Low Head Safety Injection (LHSI) pump available  
Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) demonstrate  
that conditions  
are sufficient  
for the pumps to perform their safety-related  
function.  
This determination  
is based upon conservative  
analyses of the large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) design basis accident scenario which establishes  
the most demanding  
conditions  
for core an*d containment  
heat removal from the LHSI pumps. The limiting scenario has been established  
by prior analysis sensitivity  
studies as a double-ended  
guillotine  
break in the pump suction piping. The analysis of NPSH for the LHSI pumps employs conservatisms  
of the following  
type: Page 1 of 46   
, ** * * ------------------------
, ** * * ------------------------
* Scenario development . Break flow model, break size and location Loss of offsite power Limiting single active failure * Key modeling assumptions  
* Scenario development . Break flow model, break size and location Loss of offsite power Limiting single active failure
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
* Key modeling assumptions Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 Core decay heat _is* calculated using ANS Standard ANSI/ANS-5 1979 plus
1 Core decay heat _is* calculated  
* 2 sigma uncertainty Use of pressure flash break effluent model, which assumes fluid expands at constant enthalpy to the containment total pressure.
using ANS Standard ANSI/ANS-5  
Saturated vapor goes* to atmosphere; saturated  
1979 plus * 2 sigma uncertainty  
*liquid goes to sump (unmixed with atmosphere)
Use of pressure flash break effluent model, which assumes fluid expands at constant enthalpy to the containment  
* Limiting values of key analysis parameters Maximum Containment Spray (CS), Inside Recirculation Spray (IRS) and Outside Recirculation Spray (ORS) spray thermal efficiency Minimum Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST ) Water Volume Maximum RWST Level Setpoint for Recirculation Mode Transfer (RMT) Maximum RWST Temperature Minimum Service Water (Service Water) Flowrate Maximum Service Water Temperature Maximum Containment Bulk Average Temperature Minimum Containment Initial Air Partial Pressure Minimum IRS and ORS Flowrate (assumed for heat removal) Maximum LHSI flowrate for establishing required NPSH Minimum CS Flowrate The existing recirculation spray and LHSI pump NPSH analysis for Surry takes credit for. containment pressure during the design basis LOCA to provide a part of the available NPSH. The calculation method uses the modeling and parameter assumptions listed above to obtain a conservative prediction of containment pressure (underestimated) and the sump water temperature (overestimated) transients.
total pressure.  
The containment response analysis minimizes the energy release to the containment atmosphere and maximizes the energy release to the sump water. This is accomplished by employing conservative modeling (pressure flash model) of the break mass and . energy releases in the LOCTIC containment response computer code. Virginia Power summarized the analysis results and approach concerning use of containment overpressure in the response to Generic Letter 97-04 (Reference 1 ). Reference 1 indicated that this approach is consistent with existing regulatory guidance for plants with subatmospheric containments, as described in NUREG-0800, Section 6.2.2. The existing analysis approach, which credits a conservative transient analysis for containment overpressure, was first employed during 1977, following notification from SWEC of inadequacies in the analysis and system design of the recirculation spray and low head safety injection subsystems.
Saturated  
There were numerous letters between VEPCO and NRC during 1977 and 1978 addressing the analyses and proposed modifications to Page 2 of 46 I I   
vapor goes* to atmosphere;  
* *
saturated  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 resolve the NPSH issue for Surry. The NPSH analysis methodology was the subject of March 2, 1998 meeting with several of the NRG inspectors during the recent Surry A/E inspection.
*liquid goes to sump (unmixed with atmosphere)  
Several key letters relating to licensing of this approach for Surry were provided to the inspectors following this meeting and are summarized*
* Limiting values of key analysis parameters  
in Table 1. This correspondence indicates that NRG staff was aware of Virginia Power's methodology to credit containment overpressure and found these methods and calculation results acceptable for Surry. The NPSH analysis results reported in Reference 1 are among the analyses submitted with the Surry core power uprating request (Reference
Maximum Containment  
: 2) and are currently reflected in Tables 6.2-12 and 6.2-13 of the Surry UFSAR for the safety injection and recirculation spray pumps, respectively.
Spray (CS), Inside Recirculation  
During the fall of 1997, an assessment was performed for changes which involved removal of concrete heat sinks and relaxation of the recalibration/recertification schedules for certain containment RTDs used in monitoring key parameter initial conditions.
Spray (IRS) and Outside Recirculation  
These changes modified the reported NPSH results from the previously submitted uprating analysis.
Spray (ORS) spray thermal efficiency  
This assessment, which represents a sensitivity and supplements the prior analysis, was implemented under the provisions of 1 OCFR50.59.
Minimum Refueling  
The UFSAR updates, which reflect the revised results, have been approved by the Station Nuclear Safety and Operating Committee (SNSOC) and are being incorporated into the UFSAR. COMPLETION SCHEDULE No further action is needed with regard to the issue of crediting a conservatively derived containment overpressure for pump NPSH analysis.
Water Storage Tank (RWST ) Water Volume Maximum RWST Level Setpoint for Recirculation  
With regard to the impact on pump NPSH from sump screen blockage, Virginia Power has included evaluation of the effects of sump screen blockage on LHSI and RS pump suction head losses in the actions identified to address item IFl-98-201-20 (Unqualified Coatings).
Mode Transfer (RMT) Maximum RWST Temperature  
REFERENCES
Minimum Service Water (Service Water) Flowrate Maximum Service Water Temperature  
: 1. Letter from James P. O'Hanlon to USNRC, "Virginia Electric and Power Company-Surry Power Station Units 1 and 2, North Anna Power Station Units 1 and 2-Response to NRC Generic Letter 97-04, Assurance of Sufficient Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Heat Removal," Serial No. 97-594A, 12/29/97.
Maximum Containment  
: 2. Letter from ;James -,p_ O'Han1on to *usNRC, "Virginra Electric*
Bulk Average Temperature  
and Power Company-Surry Power Station Units 1 and 2-Proposed Technical Specifications Changes to Accommodate Core Uprating," Serial No. 94-509, 8/30/94 . Page 3 of 46 Table 1 Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1
Minimum Containment  
* Licensing Correspondence Concerning NPSH Analysis Methods & Overpressure Credit Item 1 2 3 4
Initial Air Partial Pressure Minimum IRS and ORS Flowrate (assumed for heat removal) Maximum LHSI flowrate for establishing  
* 5 6
required NPSH Minimum CS Flowrate The existing recirculation  
* Document Description Section 6.2.2 of the Standard Review Plan. VEPCO 10-15-70 and 3-15-71 response to AEC question 6.11 VEPCO 8/20/77 submittal (Serial No. 362) justifying continued operation with less than the desired. NPSH tff the recirculation spray pumps. NRC 8/20/77 Safety Evaluation for the NPSH problem at Surry .. VEPCO . 8/24/77 submittal (Serial No. 366) transmitting the detailed report of tests and analyses for the NPSH issue. NRC Order for Modification of License dated 8/24/77. Purpose N/A. This response provides the formula used for calculating the NPSHa and . specifically states that credit is taken for pressurization of the containment.
spray and LHSI pump NPSH analysis for Surry takes credit for. containment  
This submittal provides documentation from the pump manufacturer to indicate that the pumps will continue to operate to a minimum NPSH of 7 feet. Documents NRC awareness of the identified problem with the NPSHa as a result of new considerations in the overall thermodynamic model. In this SE, the NRC specifically acknowledges that, "The calculated pressure of the containment and the temperature of the water that accumulates
pressure during the design basis LOCA to provide a part of the available  
* in the containment sump are important parameters in determining recirculation cooling pump operability following a LOCA with regard to available NPSH. These terms in combination with the pump static head and associated line losses establish available NPSH during the transient." Documents that adequate NPSH would be available for the I RS pumps but not the . ORS pumps during a LOCA. (Adequate safety is assured by the inside pumps). Commits to installing flow-limiting orifices in the discharge of the outside recirculation spray pumps. Requested additional analysis from * *vEPCO on *the NPSH issue. Also, the N RC again specifically acknowledged that, "The calculated pressure of the containment and the temperature of the water that accumulates in the containment sump are important parameters in determining recirculation cooling pump operability followinq a Page 4 of 46
NPSH. The calculation  
* 7 8 *
method uses the modeling and parameter  
* VEPCO 9/12/77 submittal (Serial No. 382/082477) providing the
assumptions  
* analyses requested in the N RC order of 8/24/77. NRC Order for Modification of License dated 10/17177.
listed above to obtain a conservative  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 LOCA with regard to available NPSH. These terms in combination with the* pump static head and associated line losses establish available NPSH during the transient." This submittal provides the requested curves showing the response of containment total pressure, containment vapor pressure, available NPSH, sump water level, and sump water vapor pressure.
prediction  
The NRC specifically states that for the analyses submitted on 9/12/77, "The methods used to calculate the containment pressure, containment sump temperature, and available NPSH have been reviewed for the North Anna plant and found to be acceptable.
of containment  
The same methods were used in calculations for Surry." Page 5 of 46 ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-02 Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1
pressure (underestimated)  
* FINDING TYPE IFI *
and the sump water temperature (overestimated)  
* DESCRIPTION Error in Calculation SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup" (Section E1 .2.1.2(d))
transients.  
The containment  
response analysis minimizes  
the energy release to the containment  
atmosphere  
and maximizes  
the energy release to the sump water. This is accomplished  
by employing  
conservative  
modeling (pressure  
flash model) of the break mass and . energy releases in the LOCTIC containment  
response computer code. Virginia Power summarized  
the analysis results and approach concerning  
use of containment  
overpressure  
in the response to Generic Letter 97-04 (Reference  
1 ). Reference  
1 indicated  
that this approach is consistent  
with existing regulatory  
guidance for plants with subatmospheric  
containments, as described  
in NUREG-0800, Section 6.2.2. The existing analysis approach, which credits a conservative  
transient  
analysis for containment  
overpressure, was first employed during 1977, following  
notification  
from SWEC of inadequacies  
in the analysis and system design of the recirculation  
spray and low head safety injection  
subsystems.  
There were numerous letters between VEPCO and NRC during 1977 and 1978 addressing  
the analyses and proposed modifications  
to Page 2 of 46 I I   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 resolve the NPSH issue for Surry. The NPSH analysis methodology  
was the subject of March 2, 1998 meeting with several of the NRG inspectors  
during the recent Surry A/E inspection.  
Several key letters relating to licensing  
of this approach for Surry were provided to the inspectors  
following  
this meeting and are summarized*  
in Table 1. This correspondence  
indicates  
that NRG staff was aware of Virginia Power's methodology  
to credit containment  
overpressure  
and found these methods and calculation  
results acceptable  
for Surry. The NPSH analysis results reported in Reference  
1 are among the analyses submitted  
with the Surry core power uprating request (Reference  
2) and are currently  
reflected  
in Tables 6.2-12 and 6.2-13 of the Surry UFSAR for the safety injection  
and recirculation  
spray pumps, respectively.  
During the fall of 1997, an assessment  
was performed  
for changes which involved removal of concrete heat sinks and relaxation  
of the recalibration/recertification  
schedules  
for certain containment  
RTDs used in monitoring  
key parameter  
initial conditions.  
These changes modified the reported NPSH results from the previously  
submitted  
uprating analysis.  
This assessment, which represents  
a sensitivity  
and supplements  
the prior analysis, was implemented  
under the provisions  
of 1 OCFR50.59.  
The UFSAR updates, which reflect the revised results, have been approved by the Station Nuclear Safety and Operating  
Committee (SNSOC) and are being incorporated  
into the UFSAR. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE No further action is needed with regard to the issue of crediting  
a conservatively  
derived containment  
overpressure  
for pump NPSH analysis.  
With regard to the impact on pump NPSH from sump screen blockage, Virginia Power has included evaluation  
of the effects of sump screen blockage on LHSI and RS pump suction head losses in the actions identified  
to address item IFl-98-201-20 (Unqualified  
Coatings).  
REFERENCES  
1. Letter from James P. O'Hanlon to USNRC, "Virginia  
Electric and Power Company-Surry  
Power Station Units 1 and 2, North Anna Power Station Units 1 and 2-Response  
to NRC Generic Letter 97-04, Assurance  
of Sufficient  
Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency  
Core Cooling and Containment  
Heat Removal," Serial No. 97-594A, 12/29/97.  
2. Letter from ;James -,p_ O'Han1on to *usNRC, "Virginra  
Electric*  
and Power Company-Surry  
Power Station Units 1 and 2-Proposed  
Technical  
Specifications  
Changes to Accommodate  
Core Uprating," Serial No. 94-509, 8/30/94 . Page 3 of 46
Table 1 Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 * Licensing  
Correspondence  
Concerning  
NPSH Analysis Methods & Overpressure  
Credit Item 1 2 3 4 * 5 6 * Document Description  
Section 6.2.2 of the Standard Review Plan. VEPCO 10-15-70 and 3-15-71 response to AEC question 6.11 VEPCO 8/20/77 submittal (Serial No. 362) justifying  
continued  
operation  
with less than the desired. NPSH tff the recirculation  
spray pumps. NRC 8/20/77 Safety Evaluation  
for the NPSH problem at Surry .. VEPCO . 8/24/77 submittal (Serial No. 366) transmitting  
the detailed report of tests and analyses for the NPSH issue. NRC Order for Modification  
of License dated 8/24/77. Purpose N/A. This response provides the formula used for calculating  
the NPSHa and . specifically  
states that credit is taken for pressurization  
of the containment.  
This submittal  
provides documentation  
from the pump manufacturer  
to indicate that the pumps will continue to operate to a minimum NPSH of 7 feet. Documents  
NRC awareness  
of the identified  
problem with the NPSHa as a result of new considerations  
in the overall thermodynamic  
model. In this SE, the NRC specifically  
acknowledges  
that, "The calculated  
pressure of the containment  
and the temperature  
of the water that accumulates  
* in the containment  
sump are important  
parameters  
in determining  
recirculation  
cooling pump operability  
following  
a LOCA with regard to available  
NPSH. These terms in combination  
with the pump static head and associated  
line losses establish  
available  
NPSH during the transient." Documents  
that adequate NPSH would be available  
for the I RS pumps but not the . ORS pumps during a LOCA. (Adequate  
safety is assured by the inside pumps). Commits to installing  
flow-limiting  
orifices in the discharge  
of the outside recirculation  
spray pumps. Requested  
additional  
analysis from * *vEPCO on *the NPSH issue. Also, the N RC again specifically  
acknowledged  
that, "The calculated  
pressure of the containment  
and the temperature  
of the water that accumulates  
in the containment  
sump are important  
parameters  
in determining  
recirculation  
cooling pump operability  
followinq  
a Page 4 of 46
* 7 8 * * VEPCO 9/12/77 submittal (Serial No. 382/082477)  
providing  
the * analyses requested  
in the N RC order of 8/24/77. NRC Order for Modification  
of License dated 10/17177.  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 LOCA with regard to available  
NPSH. These terms in combination  
with the* pump static head and associated  
line losses establish  
available  
NPSH during the transient." This submittal  
provides the requested  
curves showing the response of containment  
total pressure, containment  
vapor pressure, available  
NPSH, sump water level, and sump water vapor pressure.  
The NRC specifically  
states that for the analyses submitted  
on 9/12/77, "The methods used to calculate  
the containment  
pressure, containment  
sump temperature, and available  
NPSH have been reviewed for the North Anna plant and found to be acceptable.  
The same methods were used in calculations  
for Surry." Page 5 of 46
ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-02  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 * FINDING TYPE IFI * * DESCRIPTION  
Error in Calculation  
SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup" (Section E1 .2.1.2(d))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
* "Calculation  
* "Calculation SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup," Revision 1 failed to account for some of the water volume lost over a period of time from the containment floor. This error resulted in derivation of containment water height which was greater than that would actually occur during an accident.
SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup," Revision 1 failed to account for some of the water volume lost over a period of time from the containment  
SM-1047 identified the various sources which added water to the containment and the paths which drained water from. the containment floor. The team's purpose of reviewing SM-1047 was to verify that the containment flood height values used in calculation 01039.6210-US-(B)-107, "Containment LOCA Analysis for Core Uprate," Revision O was conservative  
floor. This error resulted in derivation  
.. Calculation 01039.621O-US-(B)-107 was used to determine the NPSH requirements for the IRS, OR~ and LHSI pumps. The team found that SM-1047 did not account for loss of water from the containment floor to the reactor cavity. Approximately 9 percent of the containment spray flow would be lost to the refueling canal which drained to the reactor cavity. Because SM-1047 was revised near the end of the inspection period, the team did not have an opportunity to review the latest SM-1047-calculation.
of containment  
The team identified review of SM-1047 and comparison of SM-1047 results to calculation 01039.621O-US-(B)-107 as an lnspectio_n Followup Item 50-280/98-201-02." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Calculation SM-1047, Revision*
water height which was greater than that would actually occur during an accident.  
2, was issued on March 18, 1998 to address this diversion of water and several other issues which were raised by Westinghouse Nuclear Safety Advisory Letter, NSAL-97-009, 11 Containment Sump Volume lssues, 11 dated October 27, 1997. The following summarizes the results of Calculation SM-104 7, Revision 2, as compared with the results of calculation 01039.6210-US(B)-107.
SM-1047 identified  
The purpose of SM-1047, Revision 2, is to determine the water holdup in the reactor cavity after a LOCA. The limiting cases for IRS, ORS and LHSI NPSH are considered.
the various sources which added water to the containment  
This calculation evaluated the effects of the following phenomena on the available safeguards pumps Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) following a design basis Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA): 1) -holdup of-spray-water in *the *reactor cavity; 2) recirculation spray piping fill volume; 3) draining condensate films on passive heat sinks in containment;
and the paths which drained water from. the containment  
: 4) suspended spray droplets in the containment atmosphere.
floor. The team's purpose of reviewing  
Based on the calculation results, the following penalties must be applied to the current NPSH available results from calculation 01039.621O-US(B)-107.
SM-1047 was to verify that the containment  
These penalties reflect the integrated effects of the phenomena listed above .
flood height values used in calculation  
* Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps (ORS): -0.15ft Page 6 of 46   
01039.6210-US-(B)-107, "Containment  
* * *
LOCA Analysis for Core Uprate," Revision O was conservative  
* Inside Recirculation Spray Pumps (IRS):
.. Calculation  
* Low Head Safety Injection Pumps (LHSI): -0.16 ft -0.17 ft Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 The NPSH available, taking into account these minor penalties, remains acceptable for the IRS, ORS and LHSI pumps. In addition, the phenomena addressed in this calculation have no impact on containment peak pressure, containment depressurization time, containment subatmospheric peak pressure or reported doses for the e.xclusion area boundary or low population zone. Changes to the Surry UFSAR are required.
01039.621O-US-(B)-107  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE The required UFSAR changes to reflect the calculated NPSH analysis penalties will be incorporated into the Surry Safety Injection (SI) system UFSAR change packages compiled under the Design and Licensing Basis Integrated Review program. The UFSAR changes associated with the Safety Injection System, are to be incorporated*
was used to determine  
the NPSH requirements  
for the IRS, OR~ and LHSI pumps. The team found that SM-1047 did not account for loss of water from the containment  
floor to the reactor cavity. Approximately  
9 percent of the containment  
spray flow would be lost to the refueling  
canal which drained to the reactor cavity. Because SM-1047 was revised near the end of the inspection  
period, the team did not have an opportunity  
to review the latest SM-1047-calculation.  
The team identified  
review of SM-1047 and comparison  
of SM-1047 results to calculation  
01039.621O-US-(B)-107  
as an lnspectio_n  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-02." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Calculation  
SM-1047, Revision*  
2, was issued on March 18, 1998 to address this diversion  
of water and several other issues which were raised by Westinghouse  
Nuclear Safety Advisory Letter, NSAL-97-009, 11 Containment  
Sump Volume lssues, 11 dated October 27, 1997. The following  
summarizes  
the results of Calculation  
SM-104 7, Revision 2, as compared with the results of calculation  
01039.6210-US(B)-107.  
The purpose of SM-1047, Revision 2, is to determine  
the water holdup in the reactor cavity after a LOCA. The limiting cases for IRS, ORS and LHSI NPSH are considered.  
This calculation  
evaluated  
the effects of the following  
phenomena  
on the available  
safeguards  
pumps Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) following  
a design basis Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA): 1) -holdup of-spray-water  
in *the *reactor cavity; 2) recirculation  
spray piping fill volume; 3) draining condensate  
films on passive heat sinks in containment;  
4) suspended  
spray droplets in the containment  
atmosphere.  
Based on the calculation  
results, the following  
penalties  
must be applied to the current NPSH available  
results from calculation  
01039.621O-US(B)-107.  
These penalties  
reflect the integrated  
effects of the phenomena  
listed above . * Outside Recirculation  
Spray Pumps (ORS): -0.15ft Page 6 of 46   
* * * * Inside Recirculation  
Spray Pumps (IRS): * Low Head Safety Injection  
Pumps (LHSI): -0.16 ft -0.17 ft Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 The NPSH available, taking into account these minor penalties, remains acceptable  
for the IRS, ORS and LHSI pumps. In addition, the phenomena  
addressed  
in this calculation  
have no impact on containment  
peak pressure, containment  
depressurization  
time, containment  
subatmospheric  
peak pressure or reported doses for the e.xclusion  
area boundary or low population  
zone. Changes to the Surry UFSAR are required.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE The required UFSAR changes to reflect the calculated  
NPSH analysis penalties  
will be incorporated  
into the Surry Safety Injection (SI) system UFSAR change packages compiled under the Design and Licensing  
Basis Integrated  
Review program. The UFSAR changes associated  
with the Safety Injection  
System, are to be incorporated*  
into the UFSAR by August 31, 1998 . Page 7 of 46   
into the UFSAR by August 31, 1998 . Page 7 of 46   
* * * 50-281/98-201-03  
* *
URI Serial No. 98-300 * * ATTACHMENT  
* 50-281/98-201-03 URI Serial No. 98-300 *
1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
* ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Unit 2 LHSI Pump Minimum Flow (Section E1 .2.1.2(g))
Unit 2 LHSI Pump Minimum Flow (Section E1 .2.1.2(g))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team had concerns with the design of the Unit 2 SI system to be able provide adequate minimum flow for continuous LHSI pump operation.
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team had concerns with the design of the Unit 2 SI system to be able provide adequate minimum flow for continuous  
The team's review of P&los* (11448-FM-089A, sh 1, Rev. 53, sh 2, rev 46 and sh 3, Rev. 46) found that the SI system piping configuration was such that there was a potential for pump-to-pump interaction if the discharge pressure of one LHSI pump was stronger than. the other pump. Because of the location of the miniflow line which was downstream of the check valves in the pump discharge header, there was a potential for the check valve associated with the weaker pump to become backseated by the higher discharge pressure of the stronger LHSI pump. This would result in *a loss of pump miniflow for the weaker LHSI pump and operation of the pump in a dead-headed condition.
LHSI pump operation.  
Parallel operation of the LHSI pumps would be a concern during those accident scenarios where the LHSI pumps would start and operate but would not immediately inject into the reactor coolant system (RCS). For a small break LOCA, both LHSI pumps would start, but since the reactor coolant pressure was high the pumps would operate in parallel in the minimum flow mode. In this situation, the operators would secure one of the LHSI pumps if RCS pressure was greater than 185 psig per step 13 of the emergency operating procedure (EOP), E-0. According to licensee, the operators would reach step 13 in the EOP no later than 30 minutes into the accident The licensee agreed with the team's concern that the SI system design was such that there was a potential for dead-heading the SI pumps. Because the licensee had not ever measured individual LHSI pump flow with both LHSI_ pumps operating in parallel, the engineers performed an evaluation ME-0375, "LHSI Pumps Minimum Flow Recirculation to RWST With No Flow to. Reactor Coolant System During Small Break LOCA," Revision 0, Addendum A to assess this condition.
The team's review of P&los* (11448-FM-089A, sh 1, Rev. 53, sh 2, rev 46 and sh 3, Rev. 46) found that the SI system piping configuration  
ME-0375 determined that. the flow division for the Unit 1 LHSI pumps was satisfactory and above t~e minimum flow recommended by the pump manufacturer.
was such that there was a potential  
the pump vendor, Byron Jackson, had informed the licensee in their 8 July 1988 letter that a minimum flow of 150 gpm was originally specified for the LHSI pumps. Th~ evaluation indicated that the flow between the Unit 1 LHSI pumps were evenly *balanced with 52 percent of the total flow (201 gpm) being provided by one of the LHSI pumps and the remainder, 48 percent of total flow or 182 gpm, being provided by the second LHSI pump. Evaluation ME-0375 also showed that the flow division between the Unit 2 LHSI pumps did not ensure minimum pump flow requirements through both pumps. The evaluation calculated that there was a flowrate of about 95 percent (359 gpm) through the stronger Page 8 of 46   
for pump-to-pump  
* *
interaction  
* Serial No. 98-300
if the discharge  
* ATTACHMENT 1 pump with the remainder of flo~ (5 percent or about 18gpm) going through the weaker ,Unit 2 LHSI pump. Because the weaker Unit 2 LHSI pump (2SI-P-1A) could not provide the minimum pump flow of 150 gpm when both LHSI pumps were operating in parallel, the licensee performed an evaluation ET.CME 98-014, "Evaluation of Operation of LHSI Pumps Recirculating to the RWST," Rev. 02, March 24, 1998, to determine the operability of the 2SI-P-1A pump. The licensee concluded that the 2SI-P-1A pump was operable based on the following:
pressure of one LHSI pump was stronger than. the other pump. Because of the location of the miniflow line which was downstream  
* There was documented evidence to demonstrate that the LHSI pumps have accumulated about 65 minutes of operation in low flow conditions with no observable adverse effect on their performance.
of the check valves in the pump discharge  
The licensee conducted a review of past LHSI pump operation and found that there had been about seven instances of SI actuations in which the LHSI pumps had operated in the minimum recirculation flow mode. The maximum documented SI duration was for 25 minutes on February 2, 1975. *
header, there was a potential  
* A review of periodic surveillance tests and work orders for the 2SI-P-1A pump showed that the pump performance had not degraded, and pump vibration readings
for the check valve associated  
* were normal. * "Flashing" at the low flow condition of 18 gpm was calculated to occur at around 60 minutes into the low flow condition.
with the weaker pump to become backseated  
Under the scenario where both LHSI pumps were operating under minimum flow conditions, the licensee estimated that the operators would secure one of the LHSI pump within 30 minutes into this event. The licensee estimate of 30 minutes was based on the time it would take the operators to reach a section in the EOP which required operators to make a decision on whether both LHSI pumps were necessary.
by the higher discharge  
The team agreed that operator intervention to secure one of the two Unit 1 LHSI pumps within 30 minutes to preclude the potential for pump-to-pump interaction was a reasonable resolution to this design deficiency.
pressure of the stronger LHSI pump. This would result in *a loss of pump miniflow for the weaker LHSI pump and operation  
However, the team needed to review. the licensee's long term resolution to the pump-to-pump interaction issue with the Unit 2 LHSI pumps. The team concluded that lack of test data which demonstrated pump operability with significantly reduced minflow and the pump's inability to pass vendor recommended mitiflow were potential operability concerns.
of the pump in a dead-headed  
The licensee issued DR 98-0660 to take corrective actions. The team identified the licensee's long term resolution to the Unit 2 LHSI pump minimum flow issue as URI 50-281/98-201-03.
condition.  
The team also determined that the licensee's response to IE Bulletin 88-04 was inadequate in that their response (VEPCo letter of August 8, 1988, serial no. 88-275A) failed to identify that there was pump-to-pump interaction issue associated with the Unit 2 LHSI pumps which could result in near dead.:headed condition for the 2SI-P-1A pump." Page 9 of 46   
Parallel operation  
* *
of the LHSI pumps would be a concern during those accident scenarios  
* VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Background Serial No. 98-300
where the LHSI pumps would start and operate but would not immediately  
* ATTACHMENT 1 The two Low Head Safety Injection (LHSI) pumps for each unit share a common recirculation line to the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST). The recirculation line ensures that there is a flow path for the pumps in the event that the pumps are started when Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure is greater than the shutoff head of the pumps. This can occur during injection phase following a Small Break LOCA or following the receipt of an erroneous SI initiation signal. The recirculation line is also used to perform quarterly testing of the pumps. Westinghouse indicated in a letter that the LHSI pumps purchased for Surry Power Station had very flat Total Developed Head (TOH) curves and pointed out that there might be a problem operating the two LHSI pumps in parallel discharging to the RWST through the common minimum flow recirculation line. In 1988, a test was performed on the Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps in response to the Westinghouse letter. The test ran each pump individually on recirculation and gathered information on flow, head and vibrations, then ran the two pumps in parallel and gathered information on flow and head, to determine if a strong/weak pump relationship exists. The test demonstrated that there was little difference between the performance of the two pumps and, thus, the ability of the two LHSI pumps to operate in parallel discharging through a common recirculation line without one pump deadheading the other. The vibration data, taken on the pumps operating individually on both recirculation lines, was well within specification.
inject into the reactor coolant system (RCS). For a small break LOCA, both LHSI pumps would start, but since the reactor coolant pressure was high the pumps would operate in parallel in the minimum flow mode. In this situation, the operators  
No vibration data was taken while the two pumps were running in parallel.
would secure one of the LHSI pumps if RCS pressure was greater than 185 psig per step 13 of the emergency  
The results of the tests were forwarded to Byron Jackson (BW/IP), the original supplier of the LHSI pumps, for their evaluation.
operating  
BW/IP confirmed that the existing Surry LHSI pump miniflow lines are adequate for . parallel and single pump operation based on current operating practices and repair history, but cautioned against operation with a pump discharge valve* shut. The manufacturer pointed out that the original minimum recircul.ation flow for the LHSI pumps was 150 gpm per pump, based only on thermal concerns.
procedure (EOP), E-0. According  
They now recommend a minimum recirculation flow of about 30 percent of rated flow to address hydraulic instabilities as well as thermal concerns, if the pump is to be run for extended periods of time (i.e., hours) on the recirculation line. BW/IP pointed out that since the head capacity curve for the Surry LHSI pumps are essentially flat for flow rates of less than 500 gpm, it is possible for one pump to reduce the flow through the companion pump to levels less than 150 gpm in a circumstance where one pump was severely limited in capacity because of excessive wear or some other factor. NRG IE Bulletin 88-04, was issued on May 5, 1988. The NRG IE Bulletin requested: " ... all licensees to investigate and correct as applicable two miniflow design concerns.
to licensee, the operators  
The first concern involves the potential for the dead-heading of one or more pumps in safety-related systems that have a miniflow line common to two or Page 10 of 46   
would reach step 13 in the EOP no later than 30 minutes into the accident The licensee agreed with the team's concern that the SI system design was such that there was a potential  
* *
for dead-heading  
* Serial No. 98-300
the SI pumps. Because the licensee had not ever measured individual  
* ATTACHMENT 1 more pumps or other piping. configurations that do not preclude pump-to-pump interaction during miniflow operation.
LHSI pump flow with both LHSI_ pumps operating  
A second concern is whether or not the . installed miniflow capacity is adequate for even a single pump in operation." Engineering evaluated the LHSI pump recirculation lines and forwarded the results of the evaluation in a Technical Report to Surry Power Station on August 8, 1988. Information in the report was included in the Virginia Power reply to the NRG on IE
in parallel, the engineers  
* Bulletin 88-04. Since the miniflow recirculation line for the two LHSI pumps was originally sized for thermal protection rather than to preclude possible hydraulic instabilities, Virginia Power conservatively determined that the Surry LHSI system design would not support continuous operation in dual pump configuration.
performed  
However, it was concluded that the design of the LHSI system is adequate for the modes and duration of operation.
an evaluation  
expected under normal and accident conditions.
ME-0375, "LHSI Pumps Minimum Flow Recirculation  
Because the piping configuration for the LHSI
to RWST With No Flow to. Reactor Coolant System During Small Break LOCA," Revision 0, Addendum A to assess this condition.  
* miniflow recirculation line does not preclude pump interaction during parallel operation, and the LOGA analysis assumes only one operating LHSI pump, it was further concluded that, if conditions warranted, the second LHSI pump can be secured. As a result of an NRG commitment in NRG IE Bulletin 88-04, Virginia Power performed an evaluation of a small break LOGA scenario on the simulator to verify that the Surry Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) adequately address and, therefore, minimize operation of the LHSI pumps in the recirculation mode. It was determined that an emergency procedure revision was necessary to ensure that one LHSI pump will be secured within 30 minutes when operating in parallel with low flow conditions.
ME-0375 determined  
The EOP was revised to secure one LHSI pump during recirculation only flow conditions.
that. the flow division for the Unit 1 LHSI pumps was satisfactory  
Discussion As a result of the NRG A/E Inspection*
and above t~e minimum flow recommended  
questions, which relate to operation of the Surry LHSI pumps on the minimum flow recirculation line to the RWST, Engineering has evaluated Virginia Power's previous responses to NRG IE Bulletin 88-04. Building on the test that was conducted in 1988, Mechanical Engineering prepared a calculation to confirm the conclusions drawn from the test. The original vendor witness curves for the Unit 1 pumps were reviewed.
by the pump manufacturer.  
The curves show that the Unit 1 pumps are well matched at flows less than 500 gpm, so deadheading of one pump by the other is not a concern when operating in parallel with flow directed to the RWST through the recirculation line. T~e calculational results indicate that the flow split for these two pumps when
the pump vendor, Byron Jackson, had informed the licensee in their 8 July 1988 letter that a minimum flow of 150 gpm was originally  
* recirculating to the RWST is about 52% for the strong pump. and 48% for the weak pump. Thus, both pumps will flow at least the 150 gpm recommended by the pump vendor. Also, the recent pump test data for the two Unit 1 pumps confirm that the pump heads have not degraded.
specified  
The analysis supports the conclusion that the minimum flow recirculation line for Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps is adequate for the modes and duration of operation expected under normal and accident conditions.
for the LHSI pumps. Th~ evaluation  
indicated  
that the flow between the Unit 1 LHSI pumps were evenly *balanced  
with 52 percent of the total flow (201 gpm) being provided by one of the LHSI pumps and the remainder, 48 percent of total flow or 182 gpm, being provided by the second LHSI pump. Evaluation  
ME-0375 also showed that the flow division between the Unit 2 LHSI pumps did not ensure minimum pump flow requirements  
through both pumps. The evaluation  
calculated  
that there was a flowrate of about 95 percent (359 gpm) through the stronger Page 8 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
1 pump with the remainder  
of flo~ (5 percent or about 18gpm) going through the weaker ,Unit 2 LHSI pump. Because the weaker Unit 2 LHSI pump (2SI-P-1A)  
could not provide the minimum pump flow of 150 gpm when both LHSI pumps were operating  
in parallel, the licensee performed  
an evaluation  
ET.CME 98-014, "Evaluation  
of Operation  
of LHSI Pumps Recirculating  
to the RWST," Rev. 02, March 24, 1998, to determine  
the operability  
of the 2SI-P-1A pump. The licensee concluded  
that the 2SI-P-1A pump was operable based on the following:  
* There was documented  
evidence to demonstrate  
that the LHSI pumps have accumulated  
about 65 minutes of operation  
in low flow conditions  
with no observable  
adverse effect on their performance.  
The licensee conducted  
a review of past LHSI pump operation  
and found that there had been about seven instances  
of SI actuations  
in which the LHSI pumps had operated in the minimum recirculation  
flow mode. The maximum documented  
SI duration was for 25 minutes on February 2, 1975. * * A review of periodic surveillance  
tests and work orders for the 2SI-P-1A pump showed that the pump performance  
had not degraded, and pump vibration  
readings * were normal. * "Flashing" at the low flow condition  
of 18 gpm was calculated  
to occur at around 60 minutes into the low flow condition.  
Under the scenario where both LHSI pumps were operating  
under minimum flow conditions, the licensee estimated  
that the operators  
would secure one of the LHSI pump within 30 minutes into this event. The licensee estimate of 30 minutes was based on the time it would take the operators  
to reach a section in the EOP which required operators  
to make a decision on whether both LHSI pumps were necessary.  
The team agreed that operator intervention  
to secure one of the two Unit 1 LHSI pumps within 30 minutes to preclude the potential  
for pump-to-pump  
interaction  
was a reasonable  
resolution  
to this design deficiency.  
However, the team needed to review. the licensee's  
long term resolution  
to the pump-to-pump  
interaction  
issue with the Unit 2 LHSI pumps. The team concluded  
that lack of test data which demonstrated  
pump operability  
with significantly  
reduced minflow and the pump's inability  
to pass vendor recommended  
mitiflow were potential  
operability  
concerns.  
The licensee issued DR 98-0660 to take corrective  
actions. The team identified  
the licensee's  
long term resolution  
to the Unit 2 LHSI pump minimum flow issue as URI 50-281/98-201-03.  
The team also determined  
that the licensee's  
response to IE Bulletin 88-04 was inadequate  
in that their response (VEPCo letter of August 8, 1988, serial no. 88-275A) failed to identify that there was pump-to-pump  
interaction  
issue associated  
with the Unit 2 LHSI pumps which could result in near dead.:headed  
condition  
for the 2SI-P-1A pump." Page 9 of 46   
* * * VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Background  
Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
1 The two Low Head Safety Injection (LHSI) pumps for each unit share a common recirculation  
line to the Refueling  
Water Storage Tank (RWST). The recirculation  
line ensures that there is a flow path for the pumps in the event that the pumps are started when Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure is greater than the shutoff head of the pumps. This can occur during injection  
phase following  
a Small Break LOCA or following  
the receipt of an erroneous  
SI initiation  
signal. The recirculation  
line is also used to perform quarterly  
testing of the pumps. Westinghouse  
indicated  
in a letter that the LHSI pumps purchased  
for Surry Power Station had very flat Total Developed  
Head (TOH) curves and pointed out that there might be a problem operating  
the two LHSI pumps in parallel discharging  
to the RWST through the common minimum flow recirculation  
line. In 1988, a test was performed  
on the Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps in response to the Westinghouse  
letter. The test ran each pump individually  
on recirculation  
and gathered information  
on flow, head and vibrations, then ran the two pumps in parallel and gathered information  
on flow and head, to determine  
if a strong/weak  
pump relationship  
exists. The test demonstrated  
that there was little difference  
between the performance  
of the two pumps and, thus, the ability of the two LHSI pumps to operate in parallel discharging  
through a common recirculation  
line without one pump deadheading  
the other. The vibration  
data, taken on the pumps operating  
individually  
on both recirculation  
lines, was well within specification.  
No vibration  
data was taken while the two pumps were running in parallel.  
The results of the tests were forwarded  
to Byron Jackson (BW/IP), the original supplier of the LHSI pumps, for their evaluation.  
BW/IP confirmed  
that the existing Surry LHSI pump miniflow lines are adequate for . parallel and single pump operation  
based on current operating  
practices  
and repair history, but cautioned  
against operation  
with a pump discharge  
valve* shut. The manufacturer  
pointed out that the original minimum recircul.ation  
flow for the LHSI pumps was 150 gpm per pump, based only on thermal concerns.  
They now recommend  
a minimum recirculation  
flow of about 30 percent of rated flow to address hydraulic  
instabilities  
as well as thermal concerns, if the pump is to be run for extended periods of time (i.e., hours) on the recirculation  
line. BW/IP pointed out that since the head capacity curve for the Surry LHSI pumps are essentially  
flat for flow rates of less than 500 gpm, it is possible for one pump to reduce the flow through the companion  
pump to levels less than 150 gpm in a circumstance  
where one pump was severely limited in capacity because of excessive  
wear or some other factor. NRG IE Bulletin 88-04, was issued on May 5, 1988. The NRG IE Bulletin requested: " ... all licensees  
to investigate  
and correct as applicable  
two miniflow design concerns.  
The first concern involves the potential  
for the dead-heading  
of one or more pumps in safety-related  
systems that have a miniflow line common to two or Page 10 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
1 more pumps or other piping. configurations  
that do not preclude pump-to-pump  
interaction  
during miniflow operation.  
A second concern is whether or not the . installed  
miniflow capacity is adequate for even a single pump in operation." Engineering  
evaluated  
the LHSI pump recirculation  
lines and forwarded  
the results of the evaluation  
in a Technical  
Report to Surry Power Station on August 8, 1988. Information  
in the report was included in the Virginia Power reply to the NRG on IE * Bulletin 88-04. Since the miniflow recirculation  
line for the two LHSI pumps was originally  
sized for thermal protection  
rather than to preclude possible hydraulic  
instabilities, Virginia Power conservatively  
determined  
that the Surry LHSI system design would not support continuous  
operation  
in dual pump configuration.  
However, it was concluded  
that the design of the LHSI system is adequate for the modes and duration of operation.  
expected under normal and accident conditions.  
Because the piping configuration  
for the LHSI * miniflow recirculation  
line does not preclude pump interaction  
during parallel operation, and the LOGA analysis assumes only one operating  
LHSI pump, it was further concluded  
that, if conditions  
warranted, the second LHSI pump can be secured. As a result of an NRG commitment  
in NRG IE Bulletin 88-04, Virginia Power performed  
an evaluation  
of a small break LOGA scenario on the simulator  
to verify that the Surry Emergency  
Operating  
Procedures (EOPs) adequately  
address and, therefore, minimize operation  
of the LHSI pumps in the recirculation  
mode. It was determined  
that an emergency  
procedure  
revision was necessary  
to ensure that one LHSI pump will be secured within 30 minutes when operating  
in parallel with low flow conditions.  
The EOP was revised to secure one LHSI pump during recirculation  
only flow conditions.  
Discussion  
As a result of the NRG A/E Inspection*  
questions, which relate to operation  
of the Surry LHSI pumps on the minimum flow recirculation  
line to the RWST, Engineering  
has evaluated  
Virginia Power's previous responses  
to NRG IE Bulletin 88-04. Building on the test that was conducted  
in 1988, Mechanical  
Engineering  
prepared a calculation  
to confirm the conclusions  
drawn from the test. The original vendor witness curves for the Unit 1 pumps were reviewed.  
The curves show that the Unit 1 pumps are well matched at flows less than 500 gpm, so deadheading  
of one pump by the other is not a concern when operating  
in parallel with flow directed to the RWST through the recirculation  
line. T~e calculational  
results indicate that the flow split for these two pumps when * recirculating  
to the RWST is about 52% for the strong pump. and 48% for the weak pump. Thus, both pumps will flow at least the 150 gpm recommended  
by the pump vendor. Also, the recent pump test data for the two Unit 1 pumps confirm that the pump heads have not degraded.  
The analysis supports the conclusion  
that the minimum flow recirculation  
line for Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps is adequate for the modes and duration of operation  
expected under normal and accident conditions.  
Page 11 of 46   
Page 11 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
* *
1 No parallel operation  
* Serial No. 98-300
testing was performed  
* ATTACHMENT 1 No parallel operation testing was performed on the Unit 2 pumps in 1988, as it was assumed that the Unit 1 configuration was typical for both units. However, a review of the Surry Unit 2 LHSI pump curves indicates that these pumps are not as well matche*d as the Unit 1 pumps at flows less than 500 gpm. The original vendor witness curves for the Unit 2 pumps were revjewed.
on the Unit 2 pumps in 1988, as it was assumed that the Unit 1 configuration  
The curves show that 2-SI-P-1A is a "weak" pump with a Total Developed Head (TOH) at shutoff about 5 1 feet less than 2-SI-P-1 B. The stronger 'B' pump will provide the majority of the recirculation flow at flows less than 350 gpm. Calculational results indicate that the flow split for these two pumps when recirculating to the RWST is about 95% for the strong pump and 5% for the weak pump. Because the recirculation flow for the 'A' pump would be much less than that recommended by the vendor, further review of the history of the pump's performance and maintenance was conducted.
was typical for both units. However, a review of the Surry Unit 2 LHSI pump curves indicates  
It was found that the 5-foot difference in TOH between pumps 2-SI-P-1A and 2-SI-P-1B has existed since original installation and is not the result of degradation of pump P-1A. In addition, recent pump test data for the Unit 2 pumps confirm that the pump heads have not degraded or significantly diverged from the original performance.
that these pumps are not as well matche*d as the Unit 1 pumps at flows less than 500 gpm. The original vendor witness curves for the Unit 2 pumps were revjewed.  
A review of the operating history* and maintenance records for the Unit 2 LHSI pumps was then performed.
The curves show that 2-SI-P-1A  
A review of operating history since Surry startup revealed that there have been about seven SI activations for Unit 2 with the RCS at operating pressure.
is a "weak" pump with a Total Developed  
During each of these activations, both pumps started aligned to recirculate to the RWST with no feed forward to the RC system. Records indicate that for the inadvertent SI activations on 2/2/75 (duration 25 minutes), 8/22/80 (duration 9 minutes), 10/10/82 (duration 16 minutes), 3/27/88 (duration 6 minutes), and 8/2/91 (duration 9 minutes), the Unit 2 LHSI pumps operated in parallel recirculating to the RWST for a total of 65 minutes. It should be noted that the operating times reported are minimum times since the log e_ntries record only the initiation of SI and SI reset, not the time when the LHSI pumps were secured. Once the reset is* accomplished, initial operator attention is directed toward securing HHSi' flow and returning the Charging/HHS!
Head (TOH) at shutoff about 5 1 feet less than 2-SI-P-1 B. The stronger 'B' pump will provide the majority of the recirculation  
pumps to their normal alignment.
flow at flows less than 350 gpm. Calculational  
Therefore, the actual elapsed time from SI initiation until the LHSI pumps were secured was longer and may have exceeded 30 minutes for the early SI activations.
results indicate that the flow split for these two pumps when recirculating  
It would be expected that in response to an actual SB LOCA, one of the LHSI pumps would be secured in less than the times noted above for the inadvertent SI activation.
to the RWST is about 95% for the strong pump and 5% for the weak pump. Because the recirculation  
The EOPs require that one LHSI pump will be secured when operating in parallel with low flow conditions.
flow for the 'A' pump would be much less than that recommended  
In correspondence with the NRC in response to IEB 88_.04, we indicated that this action would take place in less than 30 minutes. However, discussions with Surry Training indicates that for normal training scenarios, the second LHSI pump is secured in 10 to 15 minutes and that for more complicated training scenarios, the second LHSI purnp is secured in 15 to 20 minutes . Page 12 of 46   
by the vendor, further review of the history of the pump's performance  
* *
and maintenance  
* Serial No. 98-300
was conducted.  
* ATTACHMENT 1 A review of work orders for Sur~ Unit 2 LHSI weak pump, 2-SI-P-1A, since unit startup has shown that the pump has not been pulled for maintenance on the rotating elements since 1980, when modifications were made to their suction bell which resulted from model testing of the North Anna LHSI pumps. Periodic test data fpr the past several years indicates that pump performance has not degraded and pump vibration readings have been normal. Since the data seems to contradict conventional wisdom that damage to the pump is likely at very low recirculation flows, a review of the installed configuration was performed to identify any design or operating features that would mitigate the effects of low flow operation.
It was found that the 5-foot difference  
Pump Design The Surry LHSI pumps are Byron Jackson (BW/IP) Model 18CKXH two stage vertical pumps. The pumps outer casing is a cylinder about 53 feet long encased in concrete with a 12 inch suction connection located about 7 feet from the bottom of the pump casing and a mounting flange for the pump assembly at the top. It can be seen from the pump vendor drawings that the pump is of a robust design. The pump has a 2.187 inch diameter shaft. Shaft bearings are included at the tail shaft, between the two stages, at the outlet of the 2nd stage, as well as at intermediate points on the vertical shaft. This arrangement of bearings provides a high degree of stability to the impellers.
in TOH between pumps 2-SI-P-1A  
Running clearances of the wear rings are greater than those of the bearings.
and 2-SI-P-1B  
The combination of multiple bearings in the pumping section and large wear ring clearances results in a pump that is very tolerant of conditions that might cause rubbing of the wear rings. The pump discharge column connects the discharge from the pump 2nd stage to the pump discharge head assembly and supports the non-rotating portions of the pump. The pump operates at 1800 RPM and has stainless steel impellers that are designed to produce the rated flow with a required NPSH of only 17 .5 Ft. Operating Conditions Case 1 -Low Flow Through The Pump In a low flow* situation we would normally expect flow recirculation within the pump impeller which could increase pump vibrations and, if the pumps operate for long periods at low flows, the temperature of the water in the pump could increase enough to flash. However, during the inadvertent SI activations discussed above or during any postulated SB LOCA, the two LHSI pumps are *recirculating to the* RWST pumping cold water (45°F) and are operated with about 108 foot head on the pump suction (TS minimum RWST level to pump suction 1 sT stage impeller centerline elevation).
has existed since original installation  
The saturation temperature at this pressure is about 295°F. Since the LHSI pump supply from the RWST is at 45 degrees and is designed for operating temperatures of 230°F, we can stand a substantial temperature rise across the pump with no concern for bearing or wear ring clearances.
and is not the result of degradation  
of pump P-1A. In addition, recent pump test data for the Unit 2 pumps confirm that the pump heads have not degraded or significantly  
diverged from the original performance.  
A review of the operating  
history* and maintenance  
records for the Unit 2 LHSI pumps was then performed.  
A review of operating  
history since Surry startup revealed that there have been about seven SI activations  
for Unit 2 with the RCS at operating  
pressure.  
During each of these activations, both pumps started aligned to recirculate  
to the RWST with no feed forward to the RC system. Records indicate that for the inadvertent  
SI activations  
on 2/2/75 (duration  
25 minutes), 8/22/80 (duration  
9 minutes), 10/10/82 (duration  
16 minutes), 3/27/88 (duration  
6 minutes), and 8/2/91 (duration  
9 minutes), the Unit 2 LHSI pumps operated in parallel recirculating  
to the RWST for a total of 65 minutes. It should be noted that the operating  
times reported are minimum times since the log e_ntries record only the initiation  
of SI and SI reset, not the time when the LHSI pumps were secured. Once the reset is* accomplished, initial operator attention  
is directed toward securing HHSi' flow and returning  
the Charging/HHS!  
pumps to their normal alignment.  
Therefore, the actual elapsed time from SI initiation  
until the LHSI pumps were secured was longer and may have exceeded 30 minutes for the early SI activations.  
It would be expected that in response to an actual SB LOCA, one of the LHSI pumps would be secured in less than the times noted above for the inadvertent  
SI activation.  
The EOPs require that one LHSI pump will be secured when operating  
in parallel with low flow conditions.  
In correspondence  
with the NRC in response to IEB 88_.04, we indicated  
that this action would take place in less than 30 minutes. However, discussions  
with Surry Training indicates  
that for normal training scenarios, the second LHSI pump is secured in 10 to 15 minutes and that for more complicated  
training scenarios, the second LHSI purnp is secured in 15 to 20 minutes . Page 12 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
1 A review of work orders for Sur~ Unit 2 LHSI weak pump, 2-SI-P-1A, since unit startup has shown that the pump has not been pulled for maintenance  
on the rotating elements since 1980, when modifications  
were made to their suction bell which resulted from model testing of the North Anna LHSI pumps. Periodic test data fpr the past several years indicates  
that pump performance  
has not degraded and pump vibration  
readings have been normal. Since the data seems to contradict  
conventional  
wisdom that damage to the pump is likely at very low recirculation  
flows, a review of the installed  
configuration  
was performed  
to identify any design or operating  
features that would mitigate the effects of low flow operation.  
Pump Design The Surry LHSI pumps are Byron Jackson (BW/IP) Model 18CKXH two stage vertical pumps. The pumps outer casing is a cylinder about 53 feet long encased in concrete with a 12 inch suction connection  
located about 7 feet from the bottom of the pump casing and a mounting flange for the pump assembly at the top. It can be seen from the pump vendor drawings that the pump is of a robust design. The pump has a 2.187 inch diameter shaft. Shaft bearings are included at the tail shaft, between the two stages, at the outlet of the 2nd stage, as well as at intermediate  
points on the vertical shaft. This arrangement  
of bearings provides a high degree of stability  
to the impellers.  
Running clearances  
of the wear rings are greater than those of the bearings.  
The combination  
of multiple bearings in the pumping section and large wear ring clearances  
results in a pump that is very tolerant of conditions  
that might cause rubbing of the wear rings. The pump discharge  
column connects the discharge  
from the pump 2nd stage to the pump discharge  
head assembly and supports the non-rotating  
portions of the pump. The pump operates at 1800 RPM and has stainless  
steel impellers  
that are designed to produce the rated flow with a required NPSH of only 17 .5 Ft. Operating  
Conditions  
Case 1 -Low Flow Through The Pump In a low flow* situation  
we would normally expect flow recirculation  
within the pump impeller which could increase pump vibrations  
and, if the pumps operate for long periods at low flows, the temperature  
of the water in the pump could increase enough to flash. However, during the inadvertent  
SI activations  
discussed  
above or during any postulated  
SB LOCA, the two LHSI pumps are *recirculating  
to the* RWST pumping cold water (45°F) and are operated with about 108 foot head on the pump suction (TS minimum RWST level to pump suction 1 sT stage impeller centerline  
elevation).  
The saturation  
temperature  
at this pressure is about 295°F. Since the LHSI pump supply from the RWST is at 45 degrees and is designed for operating  
temperatures  
of 230°F, we can stand a substantial  
temperature  
rise across the pump with no concern for bearing or wear ring clearances.  
Page 13 of 46   
Page 13 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
* *
1 _Since the LHSI pump casing is encased in concrete, which is buried in the ground, the water initially  
* Serial No. 98-300
inside the pump casing would be at the ground temperature  
* ATTACHMENT 1 _Since the LHSI pump casing is encased in concrete, which is buried in the ground, the water initially inside the pump casing would be at the ground temperature of about 55°F. After the pump starts, the replacement water from the RWST will be at a temperature of 45°F. Therefore, at a flow of 18 gpm through the pump, we would expect an initial temperature rise of the water across the pump impellers from 55°F to about 102°F. The design temperature of the LHSI pump is 230°F so the 102°F temperature is well within the design temperature of the pump. Also, since the *saturation temperature of the water at the 1st stage impeller is about 295°F, due to the. static head of water from the RWST, we would not expect flashing in the pump suction. A calculation of the temperature distribution in the pump after 30 minutes was performed assuming heat transfer from the water in the pump discharge column to the water in the pump casing outside the column. The calculation assumes that all heat from the motor horsepower.
of about 55°F. After the pump starts, the replacement  
at pump shutoff head is used to heat the water in the pump bowls and that no heat is transferred to the surrounding concrete.
water from the RWST will be at a temperature  
Also, the cooling effect of the 45°F water coming in from the RWST is ignored. For these conditions, the bulk temperature of the water in the pump discharge column would be about 135°F and the temperature in the pump casing outside the column would be about 101°F. Again, this temperature is well within the design temperature of the pump. This would explai.n why the pump has not sustained any damage at the calculated flow of approximately 18 gpm . Case 2 -No Flow Through The Pump Although performance data and calculations indicate that there would be flow through the "weak" pump, there are sufficient uncertainties in both such that it cannot be shown conclusively.that there is flow through the 'A' pump when operated in parallel with the 'B' pump on the recirculation line. Therefore, an evaluation was performed to consider this possibility  
of 45°F. Therefore, at a flow of 18 gpm through the pump, we would expect an initial temperature  
.. As mentioned above, water is supplied to the LHSI pumps from the RWST so the pressure at the pump suction due to the static head between the RWST and pump suction elevations is 47.4 psig (62.1 psia). The saturation temperature at 62'. 1 psia is 295°F, so we would expect flashing in the pump casing when the water. in the casing reaches this temperature.
rise of the water across the pump impellers  
If the temperature inside the pump increases 68.6°F/min due to energy added to the water in the pump by the motor, the time required to flash the water in the pump bowls would be 3.5 minutes. It appears that water inside the pump bowls would flash to steam in about 3:5 minutes if there was no flow through the pump. However, we have experienced parallel operation of the pumps as a result of SI activations ranging from at least 6 minutes to in excess of 25 minutes for Unit 2, and have not experienced failure or damage to the pumps. The explanation for this again lies with the design and installed configuration of the pump. Because this is a vertical pump, and there are large columns of relatively cool Page 14 of 46   
from 55°F to about 102°F. The design temperature  
* *
of the LHSI pump is 230°F so the 102°F temperature  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 water on both the suction and t_he discharge sides of the pump, any voids caused by flashing in the pump bowl are rapidly filled. In the absence of actual flow through the pump, natural circulation currents would be created in the discharge column and casing since the heat addition is at the bottom of the pump. These currents will rapidly remove the heat from the pump bowls and, thus, minimize voiding. As noted above, the bulk t_emperature of water in the pump discharge column would only reach approximately 135°F in 30 minutes, the maximum time required to secure one LHSI pump. The effects of vibrations caused by voiding are mitigated by the robust design* of the bearings and, therefore, rubbing of the wear rings is prevented.
is well within the design temperature  
Because the pump operates relatively slowly (1800 RPM) and is designed to operate with a relatively low required NPSH at design flow (17.5 Ft.), voiding in the pump does not cause impeller damage characteristic of high-energy cavitation.
of the pump. Also, since the *saturation  
Instead, the impeller would be subject
temperature  
* to long-term erosion, which is not a concern for the short period of operation described here. Following the period of parallel operation, the weaker 'A' pump is either shut down and potentially restarted later, or the stronger 'B' pump is shut down and the 'A' pump has exclusive use of the recircula~ion flow path. In either case, the pump is expected to operate normally and fulfill its safety function.
of the water at the 1st stage impeller is about 295°F, due to the. static head of water from the RWST, we would not expect flashing in the pump suction. A calculation  
Therefore, it could be concluded that: There has been some flow through the "weak" 2-SI-P-1A pump during the past SI activations, (and will be in the future since testing of the pumps have not shown any degradation of the pump performance) and this low flow was. sufficient to prevent flashing in the suction and damage to the pump, .or We have operated the "weak" 2-SI-P-1A pump at shutoff with nc;, flow and the robust design of the pump and its installed configuration mitigates any effects of void_ing in the pump bowl. There was no short-term damage as a result of the operation.
of the temperature  
Conclusions Calculations recently performed confirm the conclusion of the 1988 Engineering Report, that the minimum flow recirculation line for Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps is adequate for the modes and duration of operation expected under normal and accident conditions.
distribution  
However, this is only because the pumps are currently well matched. A change of only a few feet of TOH on one pump would result in a flow imbalance in Unit 1 similar to Unit 2. The Surry Unit 2 LHSI pumps are not as well matched as the Unit 1 pumps at flows less than 500 gpm. Calculations show that the 'A' LHSI pump is subjected to less than the recommended minimum flow when both pumps are operated in parallel using only the recirculation flow path. Operating history of the SI system since Unit 2 startup and maintenance history of the "weak" LHSI pump (2-SI-P-1A), which has operated for Page 15 of 46   
in the pump after 30 minutes was performed  
* *
assuming heat transfer from the water in the pump discharge  
* Serial No. 98-300
column to the water in the pump casing outside the column. The calculation  
* ATIACHMENT 1 periods from 9 minutes to in ex_cess of 25 minutes on recirculation in parallel with the strong pump, has demonstrated that it can operate in this mode for the expected period of time during a SBLOCA without damage. Results from 2-0PT-Sl-005, LHSI Pump Test (quarterly periodic tests on minimum recirculation to the RWST) and the most recent periodic test for pump 2-SI-P-1A from 2-0PT-Sl-002, Refueling Test of the Low Head Safety Injection Check Valves to the Cold Leg, (tests at full flow injecting to the RC System during refueling outage) confirm that pump 2-SI-P-1A has not degraded and will supply the LHSI flows assumed in current LOCA analysis.
assumes that all heat from the motor horsepower.  
Based on the above information, it is concluded that the Surry Unit 2 LHSI pumps are capable of performing their intended function.
at pump shutoff head is used to heat the water in the pump bowls and that no heat is transferred  
Resolution Although the LHSI pumps are operable, a modification package will be prepared to address the susceptibility of the LHSI Pumps to interaction during periods when the pumps are operated in parallel on the recirculation flowpath with no forward flow. At a minimum, the modification will relocate the recirculation line tie-in for each pump from their present position, in a common line downstream of the pump discharge check valve, fo a point upstream of the check valve. This will. prevent the potential situation where a "strong" pump has exclusive use of both recirculation lines and the associated "weak" pump is operated with low flow. The modification package will be implemented during the 1999 Refueling Outage for Unit 2 and the 2000 Refueling Outage for Unit 1 . In addition, a review of Virginia Power's response to NRC IEB 88-04 (both Stations) will be conducted to assess the thoroughness of the response and, thus, ensure that there are no other pumps that are susceptible to .Potentially harmful interactions.
to the surrounding  
This review will be completed by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary.
concrete.  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE A modification package will be implemented during .the 1999 Refueling Outage for Unit . 2 and the 2000 Refueling Outage for Unit 1 to resolve the susceptibility of the LHSI Pumps to interaction during periods when the pumps are operated in parallel on the recirculation flowpath.
Also, the cooling effect of the 45°F water coming in from the RWST is ignored. For these conditions, the bulk temperature  
Virginia Power's evaluations performed in response to NRC IEB 88-04 will be reviewed to ensure that there are no other invalid assumptions regarding pumps that are susceptible to potentially harmful interactions.
of the water in the pump discharge  
This review will . be completed by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary . Page 16 of 46   
column would be about 135°F and the temperature  
* *
in the pump casing outside the column would be about 101°F. Again, this temperature  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE 50-280/98-201-04 IFI Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 DESCRIPTION Motor Thermal Overload for 1-S 1-P-1 B Pump (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (d)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team reviewed the safety evaluation which was used to document the replacement of 1-St-1 P-B motor performed under work order EWR 88-072. The* original 250 HP motor for LHSI pump, 1-SI-P-18, was replaced with a larger 300 HP motor. The replacement motor required a minimum starting voltage of 75 percent at the motor terminals compared to the original motor that required 70 percent voltage. Calculation EE-0034, "Surry Voltage Profiles," Rev. 01 determined that adequate voltage was available at the motor terminals to enable the motor to start. However, calculation EE-0038, "Electrical Power Review of 1-SI-P-18 Motor Replacement", Rev. 0, determined that adequate motor thermal overload protection at the higher current ranges could not be provided for the replacement motor with the existing breaker. The safety evaluation concluded that due to limitations of the operating*
is well within the design temperature  
bandwidth of the overcurrent protection device, the thermal protection of the motor could not be assured under certain conditions.
of the pump. This would explai.n why the pump has not sustained  
The licensee stated that providing adequate thermal
any damage at the calculated  
* protection was not as critical as ensuring that the 1-SI-P-1 B pump would start and operate when required.
flow of approximately  
The team's review of the SI pump thermal protection issue will be an Inspection Followup Item 50-280/9.8-201-04." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE As stated above, providing adequate*
18 gpm . Case 2 -No Flow Through The Pump Although performance  
thermal protection is not as critical as ensuring that the Safety Injection (SI) pump starts and operates when required.
data and calculations  
The -bandwidth associated with the *overcurrent protective device for. the 1-SI-P-1 B motor does not . . permit 100% thermal protection of the motor under short circuit/locked rotor conditions.
indicate that there would be flow through the "weak" pump, there are sufficient  
Assuring starting and running capability for the motor, as opposed to providing motor thermal protection, is proper for a motor as important to the plant safety analysis as the Low Head Safety Injection pump. It has been determined that improvements can be made which will continue to assure operation while providing full range thermal protection of the motor. The operability of-the motor*is*unaffected*by*the1ack of-complete protection.
uncertainties  
The motor may experience greater damage during a short circuit/locked rotor condition than if the trip device had removed the motor from service. In either case, the motor is no longer available due to this single failure condition.
in both such that it cannot be shown conclusively.that  
The existing protection is designed to ensure the continued operation of the pump/motor, during all normal and accident conditions, in order to perform its safety function . Page 17 of 46   
there is flow through the 'A' pump when operated in parallel with the 'B' pump on the recirculation  
* *
line. Therefore, an evaluation  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 The short circuit/locked rotor protection concerns associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B motor will be resolved by revising Calculation EE-0497 to specify new Long Time Delay/ Instantaneous (LTD/INST) trip settings for the breaker. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be written to implement the new LTD/INST trip settings by modifying or replacing the breaker, as required, associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor. COMPLETION SCHEDULE Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. The Design Change Package (DCP) to. install the new LTD/INST trip settings by modifying or replacing the breaker, as required, associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor, will be implemented by June *30, 1999 . Page 18 of 46   
was performed  
* *
to consider this possibility  
* 50-280/98-201-05 IFI Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Adequacy of 4160 VAC Electrical Cables to Withstand Fault Current (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (e)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team determined that #1 and #2 AWG cable sizes which were used to supply electrical power to the high head. safety injection, auxiliary feedwater, component cooling water and residual heat removal pump motor loads from the 4160 V AC bus were not adequately sized to carry the fault current on the 4160 VAC bus. The team was concerned with the potential damage to the cables before the breakers could operate and isolate the fault. The team reviewed a preliminary evaluation performed by the licensee to determine the cable conductor temperature rise due to exposure to the available fault current, and concluded that either the up-stream breaker would operate to isolate the fault or the cable conductor would fail. Although the cables in question are per original design, because of the possibility of cable failure from fault currents, the team identified the acceptability of this cable design as Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-05." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Power agrees that documented verification of the ability of 4160 VAC_ cables to withstand postulated fault currents will add to our confidence in our original design. To determine the adequacy of 4160 VAC electrical cables to withstand fault current, two types of faults are considered.
.. As mentioned  
They are ground faults and three phase faults. Ground faults, which are most likely to occur of the two postulated faults, are. not a
above, water is supplied to the LHSI pumps from the RWST so the pressure at the pump suction due to the static head between the RWST and pump suction elevations  
* problem since their short circuit current will be limited by the distribution system grounding resistance.
is 47.4 psig (62.1 psia). The saturation  
This is true since these faults could be caused by either a phase to ground short in a motor winding or by a local cable insulation failure which would result in a single phase to ground fault. Three phase faults, while assumed to be least probable, will generate the highest short circuit current. For our specific application, the cable sizes involved will either vaporize or quickly melt. In either case, existing overcurrent devices are set to interrupt the fault in approximately 5 cycles. This short duration is not believed to be long enough to support the ignition of the cable. We have discussed this issue with Stone and Webster, and based on their experience from testing cable und~r similar overload conditions, the cables do riot instantaneously ignite. A sustained overcurrent condition must exist for ignition to occur . Page 19 of 46   
temperature  
'* * *
at 62'. 1 psia is 295°F, so we would expect flashing in the pump casing when the water. in the casing reaches this temperature.  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 In order to further assess this situation, cables from Emergency Bus 1 H were analyzed . These cables are typical for each of the other Emergency Buses. Cables affected were: 1H4PH1 1H5PH1 1H6PH1 1H7PH1 1H10PH1 1H11PH1 Triplex #2 aluminum 220' 3/C #1 aluminum 200' 3/C #1
If the temperature  
* aluminum 200' 3/C 500mcni aluminum 50' 3/C #1 aluminum 160' 3/C #2 aluminum 365' feeder for the Auxiliary Feedwater pump feeder for the A Charging pump feeder for the C Charging pump feeder for load center transformers
inside the pump increases  
* feeder for the Component Cooling pump feeder for the Residual Heat Removal . Pump The EDG feeder cable was neglected since they are also larger than the minimum size discussed in the original portion of the response.
68.6°F/min  
Breaker operating times of 5 cycles were conservatively used. Acceptable conductor temperature per the EPRI guide book is 250 degrees Celsius. Per IEEE 242-1986, the* minimum size aluminum conductor fed from 4 KV bus should be 250 MCM to meet its requirements. (Surry is not committed to IEEE 242.) Therefore, the 500 MCM aluminum feeder for the load center is acceptable. (Note: The "I squared T 11 for this cable is calculated to be 167 degrees Celsius, which conforms to the IEEE guideline.)
due to energy added to the water in the pump by the motor, the time required to flash the water in the pump bowls would be 3.5 minutes. It appears that water inside the pump bowls would flash to steam in about 3:5 minutes if there was no flow through the pump. However, we have experienced  
* For the #1 and #2 AL cables, the "I squared T" values have resulted in temperatures of 3352 degrees Celsius and 14,267 degrees Celsius being calculated for faults at the
parallel operation  
* bus. These values exceed the boiling point for aluminum, (e.g. 2454 degrees Celsius,.
of the pumps as a result of SI activations  
Note: melting point temperature is 660 degrees Celsius).
ranging from at least 6 minutes to in excess of 25 minutes for Unit 2, and have not experienced  
It is expected that these conductors will therefore vaporize rather than propagate flame and induce fire in the raceway system. For faults at the load, Virginia Power conservatively looked at the AFW, CH and RHR feeds* based on their cable type and circuit length. The results indicate conductor temperatures of 1466 degrees Celsius, 1354 degrees Celsius and 540 degrees Celsius, respectively.
failure or damage to the pumps. The explanation  
It is expected that the AFW and CH feeders will therefore melt and act like fuses to interrupt the current. Assuming a more realistic breaker opening time of 7 cycles for the RHR feeder, will result in a. conductor temperature higher than the melting point. It should be noted that the RHR pumps are not used in normal operation or in any accident response.
for this again lies with the design and installed  
They are generally used to bring the unit to cold shutdown.
configuration  
There were no other cables sized between #1 and 500 MCM fed off of the 4KV bus, therefore, no other cable types were evaluated.
of the pump. Because this is a vertical pump, and there are large columns of relatively  
cool Page 14 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 water on both the suction and t_he discharge  
sides of the pump, any voids caused by flashing in the pump bowl are rapidly filled. In the absence of actual flow through the pump, natural circulation  
currents would be created in the discharge  
column and casing since the heat addition is at the bottom of the pump. These currents will rapidly remove the heat from the pump bowls and, thus, minimize voiding. As noted above, the bulk t_emperature  
of water in the pump discharge  
column would only reach approximately  
135°F in 30 minutes, the maximum time required to secure one LHSI pump. The effects of vibrations  
caused by voiding are mitigated  
by the robust design* of the bearings and, therefore, rubbing of the wear rings is prevented.  
Because the pump operates relatively  
slowly (1800 RPM) and is designed to operate with a relatively  
low required NPSH at design flow (17.5 Ft.), voiding in the pump does not cause impeller damage characteristic  
of high-energy  
cavitation.  
Instead, the impeller would be subject * to long-term  
erosion, which is not a concern for the short period of operation  
described  
here. Following  
the period of parallel operation, the weaker 'A' pump is either shut down and potentially  
restarted  
later, or the stronger 'B' pump is shut down and the 'A' pump has exclusive  
use of the recircula~ion  
flow path. In either case, the pump is expected to operate normally and fulfill its safety function.  
Therefore, it could be concluded  
that: There has been some flow through the "weak" 2-SI-P-1A  
pump during the past SI activations, (and will be in the future since testing of the pumps have not shown any degradation  
of the pump performance)  
and this low flow was. sufficient  
to prevent flashing in the suction and damage to the pump, .or We have operated the "weak" 2-SI-P-1A  
pump at shutoff with nc;, flow and the robust design of the pump and its installed  
configuration  
mitigates  
any effects of void_ing in the pump bowl. There was no short-term  
damage as a result of the operation.  
Conclusions  
Calculations  
recently performed  
confirm the conclusion  
of the 1988 Engineering  
Report, that the minimum flow recirculation  
line for Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps is adequate for the modes and duration of operation  
expected under normal and accident conditions.  
However, this is only because the pumps are currently  
well matched. A change of only a few feet of TOH on one pump would result in a flow imbalance  
in Unit 1 similar to Unit 2. The Surry Unit 2 LHSI pumps are not as well matched as the Unit 1 pumps at flows less than 500 gpm. Calculations  
show that the 'A' LHSI pump is subjected  
to less than the recommended  
minimum flow when both pumps are operated in parallel using only the recirculation  
flow path. Operating  
history of the SI system since Unit 2 startup and maintenance  
history of the "weak" LHSI pump (2-SI-P-1A), which has operated for Page 15 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATIACHMENT  
1 periods from 9 minutes to in ex_cess of 25 minutes on recirculation  
in parallel with the strong pump, has demonstrated  
that it can operate in this mode for the expected period of time during a SBLOCA without damage. Results from 2-0PT-Sl-005, LHSI Pump Test (quarterly  
periodic tests on minimum recirculation  
to the RWST) and the most recent periodic test for pump 2-SI-P-1A  
from 2-0PT-Sl-002, Refueling  
Test of the Low Head Safety Injection  
Check Valves to the Cold Leg, (tests at full flow injecting  
to the RC System during refueling  
outage) confirm that pump 2-SI-P-1A  
has not degraded and will supply the LHSI flows assumed in current LOCA analysis.  
Based on the above information, it is concluded  
that the Surry Unit 2 LHSI pumps are capable of performing  
their intended function.  
Resolution  
Although the LHSI pumps are operable, a modification  
package will be prepared to address the susceptibility  
of the LHSI Pumps to interaction  
during periods when the pumps are operated in parallel on the recirculation  
flowpath with no forward flow. At a minimum, the modification  
will relocate the recirculation  
line tie-in for each pump from their present position, in a common line downstream  
of the pump discharge  
check valve, fo a point upstream of the check valve. This will. prevent the potential  
situation  
where a "strong" pump has exclusive  
use of both recirculation  
lines and the associated "weak" pump is operated with low flow. The modification  
package will be implemented  
during the 1999 Refueling  
Outage for Unit 2 and the 2000 Refueling  
Outage for Unit 1 . In addition, a review of Virginia Power's response to NRC IEB 88-04 (both Stations)  
will be conducted  
to assess the thoroughness  
of the response and, thus, ensure that there are no other pumps that are susceptible  
to .Potentially  
harmful interactions.  
This review will be completed  
by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE A modification  
package will be implemented  
during .the 1999 Refueling  
Outage for Unit . 2 and the 2000 Refueling  
Outage for Unit 1 to resolve the susceptibility  
of the LHSI Pumps to interaction  
during periods when the pumps are operated in parallel on the recirculation  
flowpath.  
Virginia Power's evaluations  
performed  
in response to NRC IEB 88-04 will be reviewed to ensure that there are no other invalid assumptions  
regarding  
pumps that are susceptible  
to potentially  
harmful interactions.  
This review will . be completed  
by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary . Page 16 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE 50-280/98-201-04  
IFI Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 DESCRIPTION  
Motor Thermal Overload for 1-S 1-P-1 B Pump (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (d)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team reviewed the safety evaluation  
which was used to document the replacement  
of 1-St-1 P-B motor performed  
under work order EWR 88-072. The* original 250 HP motor for LHSI pump, 1-SI-P-18, was replaced with a larger 300 HP motor. The replacement  
motor required a minimum starting voltage of 75 percent at the motor terminals  
compared to the original motor that required 70 percent voltage. Calculation  
EE-0034, "Surry Voltage Profiles," Rev. 01 determined  
that adequate voltage was available  
at the motor terminals  
to enable the motor to start. However, calculation  
EE-0038, "Electrical  
Power Review of 1-SI-P-18  
Motor Replacement", Rev. 0, determined  
that adequate motor thermal overload protection  
at the higher current ranges could not be provided for the replacement  
motor with the existing breaker. The safety evaluation  
concluded  
that due to limitations  
of the operating*  
bandwidth  
of the overcurrent  
protection  
device, the thermal protection  
of the motor could not be assured under certain conditions.  
The licensee stated that providing  
adequate thermal * protection  
was not as critical as ensuring that the 1-SI-P-1 B pump would start and operate when required.  
The team's review of the SI pump thermal protection  
issue will be an Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/9.8-201-04." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE As stated above, providing  
adequate*  
thermal protection  
is not as critical as ensuring that the Safety Injection (SI) pump starts and operates when required.  
The -bandwidth  
associated  
with the *overcurrent  
protective  
device for. the 1-SI-P-1 B motor does not . . permit 100% thermal protection  
of the motor under short circuit/locked  
rotor conditions.  
Assuring starting and running capability  
for the motor, as opposed to providing  
motor thermal protection, is proper for a motor as important  
to the plant safety analysis as the Low Head Safety Injection  
pump. It has been determined  
that improvements  
can be made which will continue to assure operation  
while providing  
full range thermal protection  
of the motor. The operability  
of-the motor*is*unaffected*by*the1ack  
of-complete  
protection.  
The motor may experience  
greater damage during a short circuit/locked  
rotor condition  
than if the trip device had removed the motor from service. In either case, the motor is no longer available  
due to this single failure condition.  
The existing protection  
is designed to ensure the continued  
operation  
of the pump/motor, during all normal and accident conditions, in order to perform its safety function . Page 17 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 The short circuit/locked  
rotor protection  
concerns associated  
with the 1-SI-P-1 B motor will be resolved by revising Calculation  
EE-0497 to specify new Long Time Delay/ Instantaneous (LTD/INST)  
trip settings for the breaker. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be written to implement  
the new LTD/INST trip settings by modifying  
or replacing  
the breaker, as required, associated  
with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Calculation  
EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. The Design Change Package (DCP) to. install the new LTD/INST trip settings by modifying  
or replacing  
the breaker, as required, associated  
with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor, will be implemented  
by June *30, 1999 . Page 18 of 46   
* * * 50-280/98-201-05  
IFI Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
Adequacy of 4160 VAC Electrical  
Cables to Withstand  
Fault Current (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (e)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team determined  
that #1 and #2 AWG cable sizes which were used to supply electrical  
power to the high head. safety injection, auxiliary  
feedwater, component  
cooling water and residual heat removal pump motor loads from the 4160 V AC bus were not adequately  
sized to carry the fault current on the 4160 VAC bus. The team was concerned  
with the potential  
damage to the cables before the breakers could operate and isolate the fault. The team reviewed a preliminary  
evaluation  
performed  
by the licensee to determine  
the cable conductor  
temperature  
rise due to exposure to the available  
fault current, and concluded  
that either the up-stream  
breaker would operate to isolate the fault or the cable conductor  
would fail. Although the cables in question are per original design, because of the possibility  
of cable failure from fault currents, the team identified  
the acceptability  
of this cable design as Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-05." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Power agrees that documented  
verification  
of the ability of 4160 VAC_ cables to withstand  
postulated  
fault currents will add to our confidence  
in our original design. To determine  
the adequacy of 4160 VAC electrical  
cables to withstand  
fault current, two types of faults are considered.  
They are ground faults and three phase faults. Ground faults, which are most likely to occur of the two postulated  
faults, are. not a * problem since their short circuit current will be limited by the distribution  
system grounding  
resistance.  
This is true since these faults could be caused by either a phase to ground short in a motor winding or by a local cable insulation  
failure which would result in a single phase to ground fault. Three phase faults, while assumed to be least probable, will generate the highest short circuit current. For our specific application, the cable sizes involved will either vaporize or quickly melt. In either case, existing overcurrent  
devices are set to interrupt  
the fault in approximately  
5 cycles. This short duration is not believed to be long enough to support the ignition of the cable. We have discussed  
this issue with Stone and Webster, and based on their experience  
from testing cable und~r similar overload conditions, the cables do riot instantaneously  
ignite. A sustained  
overcurrent  
condition  
must exist for ignition to occur . Page 19 of 46   
'* * * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 In order to further assess this situation, cables from Emergency  
Bus 1 H were analyzed . These cables are typical for each of the other Emergency  
Buses. Cables affected were: 1H4PH1 1H5PH1 1H6PH1 1H7PH1 1H10PH1 1H11PH1 Triplex #2 aluminum 220' 3/C #1 aluminum 200' 3/C #1 * aluminum 200' 3/C 500mcni aluminum 50' 3/C #1 aluminum 160' 3/C #2 aluminum 365' feeder for the Auxiliary  
Feedwater  
pump feeder for the A Charging pump feeder for the C Charging pump feeder for load center transformers  
* feeder for the Component  
Cooling pump feeder for the Residual Heat Removal . Pump The EDG feeder cable was neglected  
since they are also larger than the minimum size discussed  
in the original portion of the response.  
Breaker operating  
times of 5 cycles were conservatively  
used. Acceptable  
conductor  
temperature  
per the EPRI guide book is 250 degrees Celsius. Per IEEE 242-1986, the* minimum size aluminum conductor  
fed from 4 KV bus should be 250 MCM to meet its requirements. (Surry is not committed  
to IEEE 242.) Therefore, the 500 MCM aluminum feeder for the load center is acceptable. (Note: The "I squared T 11 for this cable is calculated  
to be 167 degrees Celsius, which conforms to the IEEE guideline.)  
* For the #1 and #2 AL cables, the "I squared T" values have resulted in temperatures  
of 3352 degrees Celsius and 14,267 degrees Celsius being calculated  
for faults at the * bus. These values exceed the boiling point for aluminum, (e.g. 2454 degrees Celsius,.  
Note: melting point temperature  
is 660 degrees Celsius).  
It is expected that these conductors  
will therefore  
vaporize rather than propagate  
flame and induce fire in the raceway system. For faults at the load, Virginia Power conservatively  
looked at the AFW, CH and RHR feeds* based on their cable type and circuit length. The results indicate conductor  
temperatures  
of 1466 degrees Celsius, 1354 degrees Celsius and 540 degrees Celsius, respectively.  
It is expected that the AFW and CH feeders will therefore  
melt and act like fuses to interrupt  
the current. Assuming a more realistic  
breaker opening time of 7 cycles for the RHR feeder, will result in a. conductor  
temperature  
higher than the melting point. It should be noted that the RHR pumps are not used in normal operation  
or in any accident response.  
They are generally  
used to bring the unit to cold shutdown.  
There were no other cables sized between #1 and 500 MCM fed off of the 4KV bus, therefore, no other cable types were evaluated.  
Based on the .above, there is-no -operability  
Based on the .above, there is-no -operability  
-0r -fire .concern related to-these cables. A formal Technical  
-0r -fire .concern related to-these cables. A formal Technical Report will be generated to document the acceptability of the 4KV cable design. COMPLETION SCHEDULE A Technical Report will be issued by December 1, 1998 to document the acceptability . . of the 4KV cable design. Page 20 of 46   
Report will be generated  
* *
to document the acceptability  
* 50-280/98-201-06 IFI Serial No. 98-300
of the 4KV cable design. COMPLETION  
* ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Breaker-to-Breaker and Breaker-to-Fuse Analysis (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (f)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team's review of the Calculation EE-0497, "SR 480V Load Center Coordination", Rev. 0 revealed that breaker-to-breaker .or breaker-to-fuse coordination evaluations were not performed for all Class 1 E circuits.
SCHEDULE A Technical  
The calculation had concluded that these additional coordination evaluations.
Report will be issued by December 1, 1998 to document the acceptability . . of the 4KV cable design. Page 20 of 46   
needed to be performed.
* * * 50-280/98-201-06  
The licensee informed the team that these additional evaluations had not been performed.
IFI Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
An action item SR-38-EP-99.10 was initiated to complete the remaining evaluations.
1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
Review of the licensee's breaker-to-breaker and breaker-to-fuse coordination is results considered Inspection.
Breaker-to-Breaker  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-06." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Calculation EE-0497, "SR 480V Load Center Coordination," concluded that additional
and Breaker-to-Fuse  
* breaker-to-breaker coordination is needed (no breaker-to-fuse coordination issues were identified), however, none of the problems identified were safety significant.
Analysis (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (f)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team's review of the Calculation  
The existing settings are acceptable based on current operating and calculated accident loading. Therefore, no operability issues exist. Virginia Power will provide additional tripping margin, as required, between the individual motor feeders and actual motor Full Load Current/Locked Rotor cu*rrent * (FLC/LRC).
EE-0497, "SR 480V Load Center Coordination", Rev. 0 revealed that breaker-to-breaker .or breaker-to-fuse  
In addition, the overcurrent setpoints for the MCC supply breakers will be increased, as required, such that the breaker settings do not limit load below the MCC ratings. This will. be accomplished by revising calculation EE-0497 and preparing a DCP to implement the setpoint changes and replace affected trip devices as required.
coordination  
These changes will assure that breaker to breaker coordination provides*
evaluations  
appropriate electrical system protection.
were not performed  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November *1 s, 1998. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated to provide additional breaker coordination,.
for all Class 1 E circuits.  
to support implementation by the end of the 2000 Unit 2 and 2001 Unit 1 refueling outages . Page 21 of 46   
The calculation  
* *
had concluded  
* 50-280/98-201-07 IFI ----------------
that these additional  
---ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Breaker Replacement (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (g)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 'The team noted that at Surry all electrical penetrations were protected with only one breaker per original design. The review of the technical reports, EE-0094 & EE-0095 revealed that for several of the penetratio.ns the existing breakers did not provide adequate protection.
coordination  
The technical report had recommended replacement of the breakers providing inadequate protection.
evaluations.  
The team was informed that installation of all breakers was not complete and was being done under a generic breaker replacement package DCP 92-099. The team's review of the licensee's actions to replace selected breakers under DCP 92-099 is considered Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-07." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Technical Reports EE-0094 and EE-0095 document the evaluation of electrical . containment penetrations for protection against short-circuit conditions and overload conditions.
needed to be performed.  
These reports document that the identified exceptions to proper protection are not considered serious due to the nature of the loads served by these circuits.
The licensee informed the team that these additional  
In addition, the areas not fully protected are generally small. In the event of a short-circuit, the lack of protection would most likely result in decreased qualified life, not total failure. Therefore, the existing circuit breakers are capable of preventing penetration and seal damage to the extent that they will protect the integrity of the containment in the event of a short-circuit failure. There are no operability concerns with this protection issue. Work scope additions to DCP 92-099 are being prepared to replace existing breakers with the correct size breaker . IAW Technical Reports, EE-0094 and
evaluations  
* EE-0095. Replacement of the improperly sized breakers will be performed by the end of the next refueling outage for each unit. COMPLETION SCHEDULE Unit 1 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Fall 1998 refueling outage. Unit 2 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Spring 1999 refueling outage . Page 22 of 46   
had not been performed.  
* *
An action item SR-38-EP-99.10 was initiated  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-08 URI EOG Battery Transfer Switch (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(a))
to complete the remaining  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team asked the licensee to provide the original design basis and any design changes to the EOG batteries' transfer scheme. Surry EOG battery design was such that the field flash and control circuits of either EOG 1 or 2 could be manually transferred in accordance with emergency operating procedures (EOPs) to another DC source, EOG .3 battery. After a completed manual transfer, the affected circuitry for either EOG 1 or EOG 2 and EOG 3 will be supplied from EOG 3's battery. The licensee determined that the EOG batteries' transfer *scheme was the original design and that the only design change was to add fuses in the control circuits for the batteries to . perform redundant~train isolation.
evaluations.  
The team identified the following concerns for this circuitry:
Review of the licensee's  
* No analysis was available which demonstrated that EOG 3's battery was able to supply the field flash and control circuits of more than one EOG. As stated in Section E.1.2.3.2.e., calculation 14937.28, "Verification of Lead Storage Battery Size for Emergency Diesel Generators", Rev. 2 sized each EOG battery to supply the* field-flash and control circuits for one EOG for two hours of operation.
breaker-to-breaker  
* The use of EOG 3's battery to supply two operating EDGs may potentially lead to .a common mode failure. Because there was no analysis which demonstrated that EOG 3's battery can successfully start and operate bot_h EDGs simultaneously, in the event that the *transfer switch was used to power an EOG with a faulted battery, this situation could result in the failure of both trains of EDGs (the EOG with initially faulted battery and EOG #3).
and breaker-to-fuse  
* The actual operation of these switches may violate the licensee's separation criteria between trains. The Surry plant standby power systems were evaluated against IEEE 308-1974 in the original Safety Evaluation Report (SER); and the .licensee based the acceptability of the plant's onsite voltages in accordance with the stated criteria in IEEE 308-1974.
coordination  
That document in Section 5.3.2(3) states that "DC distribution circuits to redundant equipment shall be. physically and electrically independent of each other." Presently when a transfer is made, redundant 125 VDC load groups are connected to a singular DC source. *
is results considered  
* The operation of a transfer switch may be undetected.
Inspection.  
The team was concerned that there was a potential for the trcfnsfer switch to be out of its normal position because there was no local or remote annunciation which indicated that the switch is out of its normal position.
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-06." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Calculation  
In addition, the operators were not required to check the proper position of the switch during their normal outside tours. However, the operators do check once a month that the switch is in the proper place as part of their "blue tag" verification program. The licensee decreased the probability of a transfer switch's misposition by installing a "blue" tag on each switch allowing it to be operated only with the Shift Supervisor's permission.
EE-0497, "SR 480V Load Center Coordination," concluded  
that additional  
* breaker-to-breaker  
coordination  
is needed (no breaker-to-fuse  
coordination  
issues were identified), however, none of the problems identified  
were safety significant.  
The existing settings are acceptable  
based on current operating  
and calculated  
accident loading. Therefore, no operability  
issues exist. Virginia Power will provide additional  
tripping margin, as required, between the individual  
motor feeders and actual motor Full Load Current/Locked  
Rotor cu*rrent * (FLC/LRC).  
In addition, the overcurrent  
setpoints  
for the MCC supply breakers will be increased, as required, such that the breaker settings do not limit load below the MCC ratings. This will. be accomplished  
by revising calculation  
EE-0497 and preparing  
a DCP to implement  
the setpoint changes and replace affected trip devices as required.  
These changes will assure that breaker to breaker coordination  
provides*  
appropriate  
electrical  
system protection.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Calculation  
EE-0497 will be revised by November *1 s, 1998. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated  
to provide additional  
breaker coordination,.  
to support implementation  
by the end of the 2000 Unit 2 and 2001 Unit 1 refueling  
outages . Page 21 of 46   
* * * 50-280/98-201-07  
IFI ----------------
---ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
Breaker Replacement (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (g)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 'The team noted that at Surry all electrical  
penetrations  
were protected  
with only one breaker per original design. The review of the technical  
reports, EE-0094 & EE-0095 revealed that for several of the penetratio.ns  
the existing breakers did not provide adequate protection.  
The technical  
report had recommended  
replacement  
of the breakers providing  
inadequate  
protection.  
The team was informed that installation  
of all breakers was not complete and was being done under a generic breaker replacement  
package DCP 92-099. The team's review of the licensee's  
actions to replace selected breakers under DCP 92-099 is considered  
Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-07." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Technical  
Reports EE-0094 and EE-0095 document the evaluation  
of electrical . containment  
penetrations  
for protection  
against short-circuit  
conditions  
and overload conditions.  
These reports document that the identified  
exceptions  
to proper protection  
are not considered  
serious due to the nature of the loads served by these circuits.  
In addition, the areas not fully protected  
are generally  
small. In the event of a short-circuit, the lack of protection  
would most likely result in decreased  
qualified  
life, not total failure. Therefore, the existing circuit breakers are capable of preventing  
penetration  
and seal damage to the extent that they will protect the integrity  
of the containment  
in the event of a short-circuit  
failure. There are no operability  
concerns with this protection  
issue. Work scope additions  
to DCP 92-099 are being prepared to replace existing breakers with the correct size breaker . IAW Technical  
Reports, EE-0094 and * EE-0095. Replacement  
of the improperly  
sized breakers will be performed  
by the end of the next refueling  
outage for each unit. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Unit 1 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Fall 1998 refueling  
outage. Unit 2 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Spring 1999 refueling  
outage . Page 22 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-08  
URI EOG Battery Transfer Switch (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(a))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The team asked the licensee to provide the original design basis and any design changes to the EOG batteries'  
transfer scheme. Surry EOG battery design was such that the field flash and control circuits of either EOG 1 or 2 could be manually transferred  
in accordance  
with emergency  
operating  
procedures (EOPs) to another DC source, EOG .3 battery. After a completed  
manual transfer, the affected circuitry  
for either EOG 1 or EOG 2 and EOG 3 will be supplied from EOG 3's battery. The licensee determined  
that the EOG batteries'  
transfer *scheme was the original design and that the only design change was to add fuses in the control circuits for the batteries  
to . perform redundant~train  
isolation.  
The team identified  
the following  
concerns for this circuitry:  
* No analysis was available  
which demonstrated  
that EOG 3's battery was able to supply the field flash and control circuits of more than one EOG. As stated in Section E.1.2.3.2.e., calculation  
14937.28, "Verification  
of Lead Storage Battery Size for Emergency  
Diesel Generators", Rev. 2 sized each EOG battery to supply the* field-flash  
and control circuits for one EOG for two hours of operation.  
* The use of EOG 3's battery to supply two operating  
EDGs may potentially  
lead to .a common mode failure. Because there was no analysis which demonstrated  
that EOG 3's battery can successfully  
start and operate bot_h EDGs simultaneously, in the event that the *transfer  
switch was used to power an EOG with a faulted battery, this situation  
could result in the failure of both trains of EDGs (the EOG with initially  
faulted battery and EOG #3). * The actual operation  
of these switches may violate the licensee's  
separation  
criteria between trains. The Surry plant standby power systems were evaluated  
against IEEE 308-1974 in the original Safety Evaluation  
Report (SER); and the .licensee  
based the acceptability  
of the plant's onsite voltages in accordance  
with the stated criteria in IEEE 308-1974.  
That document in Section 5.3.2(3) states that "DC distribution  
circuits to redundant  
equipment  
shall be. physically  
and electrically  
independent  
of each other." Presently  
when a transfer is made, redundant  
125 VDC load groups are connected  
to a singular DC source. * * The operation  
of a transfer switch may be undetected.  
The team was concerned  
that there was a potential  
for the trcfnsfer  
switch to be out of its normal position because there was no local or remote annunciation  
which indicated  
that the switch is out of its normal position.  
In addition, the operators  
were not required to check the proper position of the switch during their normal outside tours. However, the operators  
do check once a month that the switch is in the proper place as part of their "blue tag" verification  
program. The licensee decreased  
the probability  
of a transfer switch's misposition  
by installing  
a "blue" tag on each switch allowing it to be operated only with the Shift Supervisor's  
permission.  
Page 23 of 46   
Page 23 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
* *
1 The licensee initiated  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 The licensee initiated DR S-98-0605 to evaluate and disposition this concern but die;! not conclude its review during the inspection._
DR S-98-0605  
The team considered the design of the EOG battery transfer scheme a potential unreviewed safety question (USQ) since the transfer-scheme was not discussed in the UFSAR and may not have been reviewed by the NRC. The UFSAR states each EOG
to evaluate and disposition  
* was supplied by an independent control battery and that the independence of the EDG's batteries and starting circuits increases each EDGs' reliability.
this concern but die;! not conclude its review during the inspection._  
The basis of a USQ would be that the use of the transfer switch would create a malfunction of equipment important to safety of a different type than evaluated previously in the UFSAR. Although the common mode failure of the EDGs for a unit is evaluated in the UFSAR under an SBO; this analysis is outside the design basis accident envelope and its initiating cause is not the failure of an improperly sized EOG battery. The licensee's evaluation pertaining to the design adequacy of the transfer switch and the determination of whether the design of the EOG transfer switch constitutes a potential USQ is considered an Unresolved Item 50-280/98-201-08." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE *' Virginia Power agrees that the design of the EOG battery transfer switch would require further evaluation prior to use. As an original plant feature to provide emergency or abnormal operating flexibility, the switch was not intended to be used during normal operating conditions.
The team considered  
In fact, with the possible exception of testing as part of the operational readiness program to support plant restart activities in the late 1980's, we have found no other evidence that this switch has ever been used. Reassessment of this feature from a risk perspective would likely conclude that the potential risk of common mode failure exceeds the benefit of flexibility in contingent actions. Accordingly, rather *than analyze the current installation for use, Virginia Power has disabled the switch by locking the switch in the "open" position.
the design of the EOG battery transfer scheme a potential  
A Design Change . Package will be generated to permanently disable the switch. As a note of clarification, this feature was initially constructed prior to issuance of IEEE 308-71 and the original review of electrical and l&C issues by the NRC was conducted in the time frame of the issuance of IEEE 308-71. Notation in the NRC discussion of Surry being evaluated to IEEE 308-74 is incorrect.
unreviewed  
The relevant IEEE 308 reference does not distinguish "physical and electrical" independence.
safety question (USQ) since the transfer-scheme  
We surmise that only electrical independence was confirmed when the electrical system was initially reviewed in the Operating License process. *
was not discussed  
* COMPLETION SCHEDULE Virginia Power has disabled the switch by locking the switch in the "open" position.
in the UFSAR and may not have been reviewed by the NRC. The UFSAR states each EOG * was supplied by an independent  
A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated to support permanently disabling the switch. The switch will be permanently disabled by June 30, 1999 . Page 24 of 46   
control battery and that the independence  
* *
of the EDG's batteries  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-09 URI DC Tie Breaker (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(b))
and starting circuits increases  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The main DC buses are capable of being connected together by a molded-case switch which has no overcurrent or fault protection.
each EDGs' reliability.  
During normal operation each main DC . bus is supplied by two battery chargers with a station battery floating on that bus. The buses are only tied together, during plant shutdown for maintenance on one of the batteries, to prevent loss of either DC main bus even momentarily.
The basis of a USQ would be that the use of the transfer switch would create a malfunction  
Calculation EE-0499,"DC Vital Bus short Circuit Current," Rev. 1 analyzes for the maximum fault current at the main DC buses with four chargers and one *battery connected to the tied main DC buses. The combined fault contribution of two batteries connected to a common DC bus has never been evaluated in Calculation EE-0499. UFSAR page 8.4-5 states that parallel operation of the DC buses is permitted when either battery is out for maintenance.
of equipment  
Maintenance operating procedure (MOP) EP-030, "Removal from Service and Return to Service of Station Battery 1A", rev 0, step 5.1 .3 allows the molded-case tie switch to be closed with both batteries connected to the bus. Although there is a caution statement before step 5.1.3 which warns the technicians to minimize the time the DC busses are cross-tied with both batteries tied to the bus, the
important  
* team considered that there was sufficient potential for a bus fault to develop across the load side terminals of a breaker housed in a main DC bus (approximately 30 to 60 minutes) while in this situation.
to safety of a different  
The licensee performed a preliminary calculation during the inspecUon that showed, for ~ither unit, the worst case fault current with both batteries connected to a common DC bus was over 30,000 amps. That value is well above the interrupting rating of 22,000 amps for the main DC bus breakers.
type than evaluated  
By permitting the tie switch to be closed with both batteries on a common bus, the licensee has operated the plant outside of its design basis because the evolution was not supported by the existing UFSAR or the present fault current analysis for the main DC buses. The licensee has agreed with this. assessment by the team and issued DR S-98-0719.
previously  
* The team considered this issue as another potential USQ because the potential failur~ sequence appeared to be of a different type of equipment malfunction than evaluated in either the current -UFSAR or--the -existing
in the UFSAR. Although the common mode failure of the EDGs for a unit is evaluated  
:design -basis analysis. -Neither of those documents permitted both station batteries to be simultaneously connected to the cross-connected DC buses. The team was informed by the licensee that an earlier version of the UFSAR -prior to DCPs 85-32 and 85-34 which performed DC vital bus expansions for Unit 1 and Unit 2 respectively  
in the UFSAR under an SBO; this analysis is outside the design basis accident envelope and its initiating  
-permitted parallel operation of batteries and chargers.
cause is not the failure of an improperly  
Because the earlier version of the UFSAR allowed parallel operation of batteries and chargers to the DC bus, the licensee believed that this type of battery alignment can continue to be performed without the evolution resulting in a USQ. Page 25 of 46   
sized EOG battery. The licensee's  
* *
evaluation  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 However, the team's conclusion was that the earlier version of the UFSAR was no longer applicable to the current DC system. It appeared to the team that the UFSAR change regarding battery alignment limitation was made to recognize the newer and more capable batteries installed under DCPs 85-32 and 85-34. The team's rev!ew of the design changes contained in DCPs 85-32 and 85-34 found that the modification upgraded the capacity of the station batteries from 1500 to 1800 amp-hours.
pertaining  
With increased battery capacity, it was no longer possible to interrupt the fault current using the main DC bus breakers.
to the design adequacy of the transfer switch and the determination  
Although the main DC bus breakers interrupting capability was increased in the same modification, the increase was not sufficient to adequately interrupt the fault current from both sets of batteries.
of whether the design of the EOG transfer switch constitutes  
Both the current UFSAR and design basis analysis took this conservative viewpoint.
a potential  
However, the safety evaluations for DCPs 85-32 and 85-34, and those for subsequent revisions to pertinent MOPs (1 MOP-EP-30 and 204) did not address the safety aspects of operating with the more capable station batteries in parallel.
USQ is considered  
It appeared to the team that the previous UFSAR
an Unresolved  
* description which had allowed parallel battery operation to the DC busses with the DC cross-ties shut did not necessarily preclude the potential for this previously acceptable alignment to be considered a potential USO issue in the new modified DC system. The team concluded that the previously accepted DC alignment may pose a potential USO since the design was changec;I and operation of the DC system in other than presently described in the UFSAR warrants new reviews by both the licensee and the NRC. The licensee is evaluating this issue under DR S-98-0719.
Item 50-280/98-201-08." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE *' Virginia Power agrees that the design of the EOG battery transfer switch would require further evaluation  
A fault current above the DC breaker's interrupting capacity is a new type of equipment malfunction which makes the total loss of DC power, never evaluated in the UFSAR, credible because the common DC bus voids the argument of the independent DC trains. The catastrophic failure of a DC main bus breaker could lead to additional faults, that could not be cleared because there are no fault-rated disconnect devices in the main battery feeds. Determination of whether shutting the DC tie breaker with both batteries connected to the DC busses con$titutes an USO is considered to be Unresolved Item 50-280/98-201-09." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Power agrees that shutting the DC tie breaker with both station batteries and ali four battery chargers connected to the DC busses is not a desired configuration but was part of the original design as described in the FSAR. DR S-98-0719 was written against the DC bus cross-tie to document that the interim configuration of two batteries and four chargers was not covered by a calculation and would likely exceed the fault interrupting current of the DC bus. Virginia Power will revise the Maintenance Operating Procedures (MOP) -for removal from service -and-return -to -service of station batteries, which currently allow the molded-case tie switch to be closed with both batteries connected to the bus. Until the MOPs are revised these procedures have been restricted from use. The new procedures will ensure that both station batteries and four chargers will not be tied together simultaneously . Previous parallel operation of the cross-tied DC Bus sections connecting two batteries and four chargers was evaluated to ensure that this configuration was within the Surry Page 26 of 46   
prior to use. As an original plant feature to provide emergency  
* *
or abnormal operating  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 design basis. The original UFSAR allowed for parallel operation of the batteries and chargers as an abnormal line-up. During the cross-tied configuration with two _1500 amp-hour batteries and two 200 amp chargers operating in parallel, the EHB branch breakers (10,000 amp interrupting rating) in the DC Switchboard would not have been able to interrupt a fault in close proximity
flexibility, the switch was not intended to be used during normal operating  
* to the switchboard.
conditions.  
However, this configuration was used only during cold/refueling shutdown conditions, independent DC trains were not required and the consequences of either a feeder fault or a bus fault were the same. In 1988, the DC System was upgraded by implementation of DCP 85-32 and 85-34.
In fact, with the possible exception  
* The main station battery capacity was increased to 1800 amp-hours and the original DC Switchboard EHB branch breakers were replaced with Mark 75 HFB breakers {20,000 amp interrupting rating). Short-circuit calculation 14937 .16'-E-1 (later superceded by EE-0499) was performed to confirm that the interrupting capability of the DC branch breakers were adequate.
of testing as part of the operational  
However, it could be deduced from that short-circuit calculation, although acceptable for normal operation, that the DC branch breakers were unable to interrupt a fault near the DC Switchboard while in parallel operation.  
readiness  
*As a result, the portion of the UFSAR statement regarding parallel operation of the chargers and batteries was revised. The revised statement restricted the parallel operation of the bus sections to conditions where either battery is out of service for maintenance.
program to support plant restart activities  
The revised UFSAR statement did not preclude using the cross-tie breaker with two batteries connected as a means to allow one battery to be disconnected.
in the late 1980's, we have found no other evidence that this switch has ever been used. Reassessment  
Prolonged operation with the DC Bus sections in parallel with both batteries still connected was no longer permitted and procedures were changed to ensure that the step for closing the DC cross-tie was immediately followed by the steps to disconnect either of the batteries.
of this feature from a risk perspective  
This procedure structure minimized the time that the DC Bus was susceptible to excessive fault currents.
would likely conclude that the potential  
During shutdown conditions, independent DC trains are required for AFW cross connect support of the operating unit. The _loss of independence of the DC trains is allowed for 14 days during shutdown.
risk of common mode failure exceeds the benefit of flexibility  
Again, the corisequences of either a feeder fault or a bus fault are the. same. During the execution of the cross-tie, the MOP requires \he plant to be in Cold Shutdown or Refueling Shutdown.
in contingent  
In accordance with Technical Specifications, two trains of shutdown cooling are required to be operable if fuel is in the reactor. If there is a loss of the DC buses, the vital buses would transfer to their alternate source without interruption of' power to the vital loads. The emergency AC buses and running pumps would continue to be energized.
actions. Accordingly, rather *than analyze the current installation  
Therefore, there would be no interruption of flow, flow indication or temperature indication for the RHR system. If DC power is lost, Loss of DC Power Procedure, %-AP-10.06, would provide guidance for this type of event. This procedure would -be-used -to provide guidance .for--manual -breaker-operation if there is a need to swap RHR or CC pumps etc. in order to maintain shutdown cooling. Similarly, this procedure would be used if the opposite unit requires the use of the AFW pump or Charging pump. Virginia Power concludes that the plant was within its design and licensing basis when the DC Bus Sections operated at refueling shutdowns with two . batteries and four chargers in parallel for switching operations, therefore this plant configuration does not represent a USQ. Page 27 of 46   
for use, Virginia Power has disabled the switch by locking the switch in the "open" position.  
* *
A Design Change . Package will be generated  
* COMPLETION SCHEDULE Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 Maintenance Operating Procedures (MOP), for removal from service and return to service of station batteries, which currently allow the molded-case  
to permanently  
'tie switch to be closed with both batteries connected to the bus, will be revised by October 1 , 1998, which is prior to the next unit outage when they will be used . Page 28 of 46   
disable the switch. As a note of clarification, this feature was initially  
* *
constructed  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-10 IFI DC Bus Tie Interlock (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(b))
prior to issuance of IEEE 308-71 and the original review of electrical  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT i "The licensee is also reviewing the need to have an interlock on the tie switch between the two main DC buses in accordance with paragraph 4d of Section D of Safety Guide 6. This interlock is to prevent inadvertent operation of the tie switch. Licensee has written DR S-98-0661 to resolve the matter. The licensee's review of whether an interlock on the tie switch is needed is considered to be Inspector Followup Item 50-280/98-201-1 O." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The manual DC bus tie breaker (molded case switch) does not have an interlock, in accordance with paragraph 4d of Section D of Safety Guide (SG) 6, to prevent inadvertent operation.
and l&C issues by the NRC was conducted  
As a result, DR S-98-0661 was written to document the design condition.
in the time frame of the issuance of IEEE 308-71. Notation in the NRC discussion  
Recommended initial corrective action, to tag the breaker to ensure administrative control, has been taken. The tag requires Shift Supervisor.permission to operate the switch. The absence of an interlock is not considered an operability issue since the DC bus tie breaker is controlled by a procedure which contains adequate instructions and precautions.
of Surry being evaluated  
This switch is not normally in use. Virginia Power will perform an evaluation to document whether the existing DC cross-tie configuration needs to meet SG 6 requirements and if so, the evaluation will determine if modifications are warranted.
to IEEE 308-74 is incorrect.  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE Virginia Power will perform an evaluation to document whether modifications are warranted to comply with SG 6 by August 1, 1998. If modifications are required, Design Change Packages (DCP) will be developed to support implementation by the end of the Unit 2, 2000 refueling outage and by the end of the Unit 1, 2001 refueling outage . Page 29 of 46   
The relevant IEEE 308 reference  
* *
does not distinguish "physical  
* 50-280/98-201-11 IFI Serial No. 98-300
and electrical" independence.  
* ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Station Battery Calculation Discrepancies (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(d))
We surmise that only electrical  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team verified the sizing of the four station batteries for their two-hour loac;t profiles in accordance with calculation EE-0046, "Surry 125 VDC Loading Analysis", Rev. 1. Calculation was acceptable with the following exceptions:
independence  
* Assumption 4 of calculation EE-0046 did not use the most conservative values for DC input currents to the inverters from the applicable test reports. *
was confirmed  
* Calculation did not consider the closing of the 4KV breaker for charging pump C during the first minute.
when the electrical  
* Closing spring charging motors of 4KV breakers were assumed to draw 60 amps instead of the more conservative value of 80 amps
system was initially  
* Worst case load demand requirements of a LOCA with high-high CLS were not . considered for the sizing of the station batteries.
reviewed in the Operating  
The licensee initiated DR S-98-0606 to address the resolution of this topic, and performed an evaluation in accordance with IEEE 485 that demonstrated that the station batteries still had sufficient margin even when all above concerns were considered.
License process. * * COMPLETION  
However, the inverters beca~e limited to a load of 9 KVA instead of their full load of 15 KVA due to the reduction in the battery design margin. The licensee's resolution of these discrepancies found in the calculations is considered Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98.:201-11." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE DR S-98-0606 did not cover the items noted* above, but was written to document errors in performing Addendum A to Calculation EE-0046. Response to DR S-98-0606 concluded that the station battery load analysis remains valid and the related equipment will perform their design function.
SCHEDULE Virginia Power has disabled the switch by locking the switch in the "open" position.  
To address the items noted above, an informal sizing evaluation was performed in accordance with IEEE 485 during the A/E Inspection (in response to Item S-98-260) which concluded that the station batteries are acceptable.
A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated  
A subsequent addendum to Calculation EE-0046 for the new Unit 1 annunciator (Addendum 01 B) took into account conservative values for inverter input current, included a first minute breaker operation for the "C" charging pump, incorporated a conservative value for spring charging motor inrush, and included other conservatisms (i.e., added random load believed to bound any worst case loading scenario).
to support permanently  
This Addendum provides confidence that the design margins associated with the station batteries bound ttie concerns noted above.
disabling  
* Page 30 of 46   
the switch. The switch will be permanently  
* *
disabled by June 30, 1999 . Page 24 of 46   
* Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 DC Loading Calculation EE-0046 will be revised to formally account for the discrepancies noted above . COMPLETION SCHEDULE
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
* Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999 . Page 31 of 46   
50-280/98-201-09  
* *
URI DC Tie Breaker (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(b))  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-12 IFI EOG Battery_ Design Margin (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(e))
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 "The team reviewed calculation 14937.28, Revision 2. The calculation assumed a successful EOG start at the end of the two-hour load profile and at least one unsuccessful start in the first minute. )"he team identified discrepancies with the assumption and other design inputs to the calculation.
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
The licensee issued DR S-97-0677 to review the following three concerns:
1 "The main DC buses are capable of being connected  
* Calculation should provide the worst-case battery loading by assuming at least two unsuccessful starts in the first minute.
together by a molded-case  
* The starting currents for some DC motors, in the EOG starting circuits, may be partially concurrent with the current drawn by the EOG field flash circuitry.
switch which has no overcurrent  
* The second start attempt in the first minute invokes two redundant starting circuits (DC auxiliary motors and control circuitry) instead of one, thereby almost doubling the load demand previously assumed. Also, the licensee committed to verify whether some additional continuous loads may be added to the battery load profile . Each concern can cause the battery load current to increase, thus reducing previous battery loading margins. The licensee did not reevaluate the sizing of the EOG batteries but felt that there was no operability concern because of the available design margin with the EOG batteries.
or fault protection.  
The licensee's review of the identified discrepancies on the battery design margin is considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50~280/98-201-,12." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE An operability review was performed for" the issues listed above per DR S-98-0677 response.
During normal operation  
This review concluded that adequate margin is available in the EOG battery sizing such that the discrepancies identified will not reduce the available margin so as to effect battery operability.
each main DC . bus is supplied by two battery chargers with a station battery floating on that bus. The buses are only tied together, during plant shutdown for maintenance  
The specific discrepancies identified are considered enhancements to the existing calculations in that the conclusions of the calculation will not change. Calculation 14937.28 for the EOG Battery two-hour load profile will be revised to incorporate the concerns listed above. In addition, calculation 14937.75, for the. EOG Battery four-hour load profile, will be reviewed to determine if similar discrepancies exist, and will be revised accordingly.
on one of the batteries, to prevent loss of either DC main bus even momentarily.  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE Calculations 1493_7.28 and 14937.75 will be revised by December 16, 1998 . Page 32 of 46   
Calculation  
* *
EE-0499,"DC Vital Bus short Circuit Current," Rev. 1 analyzes for the maximum fault current at the main DC buses with four chargers and one *battery connected  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-13 IFI DC Fault Contribution (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(f))
to the tied main DC buses. The combined fault contribution  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team reviewed calculation EE-0499, "DC Vital Bus Short Circuit Current", Rev. 1, and determined that all DC buses and associated cabling for the main 125 VDC system were conservatively sized for the available short circuit currents.
of two batteries  
Double-pole breakers provide the correct overload and fault protection for the DC system distribution circuits, and the correct sizing of protective devices ensures the requisite selective coordination between protective devices in series when applicable.
connected  
A similar analysis did not exist to determine the available fault currents to the components and distribution circuitry supplied by the EDG batteries.
to a common DC bus has never been evaluated  
Licensee wrote DR S-98-0677 to review this concern. Review of DR S-98-0677 is considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-13." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The referenced DR is associated with EDG battery duty cycle. No DR has been issued regarding available fault current since there has been no condition identified in which available fault current exceeds component-design. Virginia Power will prepare a new calculation to determine the available fault-currents to the components and distribution circuitry supplied by the EDG batteries.
in Calculation  
Resolution of any identified improperly sized components will be handled by the corrective action process. COMPLETION SCHEDULE An EDG Battery _short-circuit calculation will ~e completed by December 1, 1998 . Page 33 of46   
EE-0499. UFSAR page 8.4-5 states that parallel operation  
* *
of the DC buses is permitted  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-14 IFI DC Load FlowNoltage Drop (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(g))
when either battery is out for maintenance.  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team reviewed calculation EE-0046, 11 Surry 125 VDC Loading Analysis", Revision 1 in regard to voltage available to DC components.
Maintenance  
The licensee did not calculate the actual voltage at DC devices or components but at the ends of the field cables exiting the 125 VDC switchboards and panels. In many cases, a field cable terminates in an enclosure or rack in which the actual end component can be found but in several other cases additional cables. or wiring are traversed to get to the actual end components.
operating  
These additional cables or wiring runs cause additional voltage drops possibly hindering the operability of a given end component.
procedure (MOP) EP-030, "Removal from Service and Return to Service of Station Battery 1A", rev 0, step 5.1 .3 allows the molded-case  
The licensee wrote a DR S-98-0649 to . evaluate all affected circuits and determine the effects of any additional voltage drops on the operability of end components. . Preliminary calculations performed by licensee during inspection did not indicate a problem with any device being unable to perform its safety function due to low voltage at it input terminals.
tie switch to be closed with both batteries  
Additionally, this calculation showed only one inter-rack connector (twelve-foot, 750 MCM cable) when in fact there are two such connectors which for battery 1 A will cause an another .24 VDC drop in battery terminal voltage at the end of a battery discharge.
connected  
The licensee wrote DR S-98-0674 to document and evaluate the impact of the additional cable. These two items are considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-14." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The initial design of the Surry .DC system did not include calculations of the actual* voltage at the end DC devices. Informal evaluations, performed in response to DR S-98-0649, have not identified any equipment which cannot perform its safety function due to minimum voltage concerns.
to the bus. Although there is a caution statement  
Worst case bounding conditions were assumed and the voltage was determined to be adequate.
before step 5.1.3 which warns the technicians  
For this reason, all affected equipment has been determined to be able to perform it's intended safety function for worst case DC voltage levels. In order to ensure end components are receiving acceptable voltage, new calculations will be performed for all affected DC circuits.
to minimize the time the DC busses are cross-tied  
Any component determined to be detrimentally affected by the actual voltage seen at the device, will be analyzed per the corrective action process. In addition, although *the calculation shows only one inter-rack connector for battery 1 A, when in fact there are two such connectors, the evaluation in response to DR S-98-0674 has determined that this drop in battery terminal voltage is bounded by the existing design basis and is not an operability concern. The revision of calculation Electrical Engineering EE-0046, noted in response to item 50-280/98-201-11 above, will incorporate the existence of two inter-rack connectors for station battery 1 A . Page 34 of 46 COMPLETION SCHEDULE Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1
with both batteries  
* Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999. *
tied to the bus, the * team considered  
* The development of a new DC System transient model and calculation encompassing end components will be complete _by December 16, 1999 . Page 35 of 46   
that there was sufficient  
* *
potential  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE 50-280/98-201-15 IFI Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 DESCRIPTION
for a bus fault to develop across the load side terminals  
* Adequate DC Component Voltage (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(g))
of a breaker housed in a main DC bus (approximately  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "A similar analysis to Item 50-280/98-201-14 does not exist to determine whether the DC components supplied by the EOG batteries have the requisite voltage at their input terminals.
30 to 60 minutes) while in this situation.  
Licensee is to review this concern under DR S-98-0677.
The licensee performed  
This is considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-15." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The referenced DR is associated with EOG battery duty cycle. No DR has been issued regarding adequate voltage at end devices since there has been no condition identified in which available fault current exceeds component design. Specific design calculations and testing have not been completed to assure available voltages meet equipment requirements.
a preliminary  
Successful equipment function and functional testing indicate that available voltage operates the equipment properly.
calculation  
Additional calculations, which have been recommended to increase our level of confidence in our design, will be performed by Virginia Power. In order to ensure end components are receiving acceptable voltage, a new analysis will be performed for components supplied by the EOG Batteries.
during the inspecUon  
Any component determined to be detrimentally effected by the actual voltage seen at the end device will be analyzed per the corrective action process. COMPLETION SCHEDULE The development of a new analysis for voltage drops for EOG DC loads will be complete by December 16, 1999 . Page 36 of 46   
that showed, for ~ither unit, the worst case fault current with both batteries  
* *
connected  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-16 IFI DC Load Control (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(h))
to a common DC bus was over 30,000 amps. That value is well above the interrupting  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300
rating of 22,000 amps for the main DC bus breakers.  
* ATTACHMENT 1 ''The team reviewed the methodology for documenting load changes for both AC and DC buses, and some recent DCPs (design change packages) that had actual load changes in them. Electrical load changes are initially recorded in a computer printout of the database of SELL (Station Electrical Load List) and then incorporated in the next update of that database.
By permitting  
Several concerns with this process were identified by the team during the inspection.
the tie switch to be closed with both batteries  
The licensee agreed with the following team's concerns and will evaluate the process under DR S-98-0726:
on a common bus, the licensee has operated the plant outside of its design basis because the evolution  
* Load changes at lower buses are not always reflected in total loading of upstream buses in between updates of the SELL data base.
was not supported  
* Procedure STD-EEN-0026,"Guidelines for Electrical System Analysis," Revision 5, Step 6.1.2 requires that new loads be inputted to the electrical data base four weeks prior to issuing a draft DCP. Presently only the SELL printout is marked up prior to issuance of a DCP with new load changes inputted into the electrical database annually .
by the existing UFSAR or the present fault current analysis for the main DC buses. The licensee has agreed with this. assessment  
* No one person is accountable for electrical load changes and has ownership responsibility for incorporating them in SELL database.
by the team and issued DR S-98-0719.  
* The time between both calculation revisions and SELL data base updates (5 to 7 . years tor some critical calculations) is too long with only the marked up SELL printout reflecting the true status of the loading of electrical buses in the interim.
* The team considered  
* Licensee reviewed 30 DCPs in response to a question by the team and found that T out of the 30 DCPs had not properly incorporated load changes into the marked up printout of the SELL database.
this issue as another potential  
These errors probably would have been inputted into the SELL database at the next annual update. The total error on DC bus 28, the bus most impacted, was 4 amps. The licensee momentarily lost control of the loading on its DC buses because electrical load changes were improperly tracked. This item was identified as Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-16." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Powers' immediate response was to verify the existing DC bus coridition, as noted above, was acceptable.
USQ because the potential  
We have reconciled the 4 amp difference and have shown that adequate battery margin exists for the discrepancies identified.
failur~ sequence appeared to be of a different  
In addition to the .DCPs screened by the NRC Inspector, Engineering has reviewed all DCPs with DC electrical changes tor affect on the SELL. Only minor discrepancies were identified . For the errors that were found, Engineering has incorporated the corrections into .the appropriate SELL documents.
type of equipment  
malfunction  
than evaluated  
in either the current -UFSAR or--the -existing  
:design -basis analysis. -Neither of those documents  
permitted  
both station batteries  
to be simultaneously  
connected  
to the cross-connected  
DC buses. The team was informed by the licensee that an earlier version of the UFSAR -prior to DCPs 85-32 and 85-34 which performed  
DC vital bus expansions  
for Unit 1 and Unit 2 respectively  
-permitted  
parallel operation  
of batteries  
and chargers.  
Because the earlier version of the UFSAR allowed parallel operation  
of batteries  
and chargers to the DC bus, the licensee believed that this type of battery alignment  
can continue to be performed  
without the evolution  
resulting  
in a USQ. Page 25 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
1 However, the team's conclusion  
was that the earlier version of the UFSAR was no longer applicable  
to the current DC system. It appeared to the team that the UFSAR change regarding  
battery alignment  
limitation  
was made to recognize  
the newer and more capable batteries  
installed  
under DCPs 85-32 and 85-34. The team's rev!ew of the design changes contained  
in DCPs 85-32 and 85-34 found that the modification  
upgraded the capacity of the station batteries  
from 1500 to 1800 amp-hours.  
With increased  
battery capacity, it was no longer possible to interrupt  
the fault current using the main DC bus breakers.  
Although the main DC bus breakers interrupting  
capability  
was increased  
in the same modification, the increase was not sufficient  
to adequately  
interrupt  
the fault current from both sets of batteries.  
Both the current UFSAR and design basis analysis took this conservative  
viewpoint.  
However, the safety evaluations  
for DCPs 85-32 and 85-34, and those for subsequent  
revisions  
to pertinent  
MOPs (1 MOP-EP-30  
and 204) did not address the safety aspects of operating  
with the more capable station batteries  
in parallel.  
It appeared to the team that the previous UFSAR * description  
which had allowed parallel battery operation  
to the DC busses with the DC cross-ties  
shut did not necessarily  
preclude the potential  
for this previously  
acceptable  
alignment  
to be considered  
a potential  
USO issue in the new modified DC system. The team concluded  
that the previously  
accepted DC alignment  
may pose a potential  
USO since the design was changec;I  
and operation  
of the DC system in other than presently  
described  
in the UFSAR warrants new reviews by both the licensee and the NRC. The licensee is evaluating  
this issue under DR S-98-0719.  
A fault current above the DC breaker's  
interrupting  
capacity is a new type of equipment  
malfunction  
which makes the total loss of DC power, never evaluated  
in the UFSAR, credible because the common DC bus voids the argument of the independent  
DC trains. The catastrophic  
failure of a DC main bus breaker could lead to additional  
faults, that could not be cleared because there are no fault-rated  
disconnect  
devices in the main battery feeds. Determination  
of whether shutting the DC tie breaker with both batteries  
connected  
to the DC busses con$titutes  
an USO is considered  
to be Unresolved  
Item 50-280/98-201-
09." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Power agrees that shutting the DC tie breaker with both station batteries  
and ali four battery chargers connected  
to the DC busses is not a desired configuration  
but was part of the original design as described  
in the FSAR. DR S-98-0719  
was written against the DC bus cross-tie  
to document that the interim configuration  
of two batteries  
and four chargers was not covered by a calculation  
and would likely exceed the fault interrupting  
current of the DC bus. Virginia Power will revise the Maintenance  
Operating  
Procedures (MOP) -for removal from service -and-return -to -service of station batteries, which currently  
allow the molded-case  
tie switch to be closed with both batteries  
connected  
to the bus. Until the MOPs are revised these procedures  
have been restricted  
from use. The new procedures  
will ensure that both station batteries  
and four chargers will not be tied together simultaneously . Previous parallel operation  
of the cross-tied  
DC Bus sections connecting  
two batteries  
and four chargers was evaluated  
to ensure that this configuration  
was within the Surry Page 26 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
1 design basis. The original UFSAR allowed for parallel operation  
of the batteries  
and chargers as an abnormal line-up. During the cross-tied  
configuration  
with two _1500 amp-hour batteries  
and two 200 amp chargers operating  
in parallel, the EHB branch breakers (10,000 amp interrupting  
rating) in the DC Switchboard  
would not have been able to interrupt  
a fault in close proximity  
* to the switchboard.  
However, this configuration  
was used only during cold/refueling  
shutdown conditions, independent  
DC trains were not required and the consequences  
of either a feeder fault or a bus fault were the same. In 1988, the DC System was upgraded by implementation  
of DCP 85-32 and 85-34. * The main station battery capacity was increased  
to 1800 amp-hours  
and the original DC Switchboard  
EHB branch breakers were replaced with Mark 75 HFB breakers {20,000 amp interrupting  
rating). Short-circuit  
calculation  
14937 .16'-E-1 (later superceded  
by EE-0499) was performed  
to confirm that the interrupting  
capability  
of the DC branch breakers were adequate.  
However, it could be deduced from that short-circuit  
calculation, although acceptable  
for normal operation, that the DC branch breakers were unable to interrupt  
a fault near the DC Switchboard  
while in parallel operation.  
*As a result, the portion of the UFSAR statement  
regarding  
parallel operation  
of the chargers and batteries  
was revised. The revised statement  
restricted  
the parallel operation  
of the bus sections to conditions  
where either battery is out of service for maintenance.  
The revised UFSAR statement  
did not preclude using the cross-tie  
breaker with two batteries  
connected  
as a means to allow one battery to be disconnected.  
Prolonged  
operation  
with the DC Bus sections in parallel with both batteries  
still connected  
was no longer permitted  
and procedures  
were changed to ensure that the step for closing the DC cross-tie  
was immediately  
followed by the steps to disconnect  
either of the batteries.  
This procedure  
structure  
minimized  
the time that the DC Bus was susceptible  
to excessive  
fault currents.  
During shutdown conditions, independent  
DC trains are required for AFW cross connect support of the operating  
unit. The _loss of independence  
of the DC trains is allowed for 14 days during shutdown.  
Again, the corisequences  
of either a feeder fault or a bus fault are the. same. During the execution  
of the cross-tie, the MOP requires \he plant to be in Cold Shutdown or Refueling  
Shutdown.  
In accordance  
with Technical  
Specifications, two trains of shutdown cooling are required to be operable if fuel is in the reactor. If there is a loss of the DC buses, the vital buses would transfer to their alternate  
source without interruption  
of' power to the vital loads. The emergency  
AC buses and running pumps would continue to be energized.  
Therefore, there would be no interruption  
of flow, flow indication  
or temperature  
indication  
for the RHR system. If DC power is lost, Loss of DC Power Procedure, %-AP-10.06, would provide guidance for this type of event. This procedure  
would -be-used -to provide guidance .for--manual -breaker-operation  
if there is a need to swap RHR or CC pumps etc. in order to maintain shutdown cooling. Similarly, this procedure  
would be used if the opposite unit requires the use of the AFW pump or Charging pump. Virginia Power concludes  
that the plant was within its design and licensing  
basis when the DC Bus Sections operated at refueling  
shutdowns  
with two . batteries  
and four chargers in parallel for switching  
operations, therefore  
this plant configuration  
does not represent  
a USQ. Page 27 of 46   
* * * COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 Maintenance  
Operating  
Procedures (MOP), for removal from service and return to service of station batteries, which currently  
allow the molded-case  
'tie switch to be closed with both batteries  
connected  
to the bus, will be revised by October 1 , 1998, which is prior to the next unit outage when they will be used . Page 28 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-10  
IFI DC Bus Tie Interlock (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(b))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
i "The licensee is also reviewing  
the need to have an interlock  
on the tie switch between the two main DC buses in accordance  
with paragraph  
4d of Section D of Safety Guide 6. This interlock  
is to prevent inadvertent  
operation  
of the tie switch. Licensee has written DR S-98-0661  
to resolve the matter. The licensee's  
review of whether an interlock  
on the tie switch is needed is considered  
to be Inspector  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-1  
O." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The manual DC bus tie breaker (molded case switch) does not have an interlock, in accordance  
with paragraph  
4d of Section D of Safety Guide (SG) 6, to prevent inadvertent  
operation.  
As a result, DR S-98-0661  
was written to document the design condition.  
Recommended  
initial corrective  
action, to tag the breaker to ensure administrative  
control, has been taken. The tag requires Shift Supervisor.permission  
to operate the switch. The absence of an interlock  
is not considered  
an operability  
issue since the DC bus tie breaker is controlled  
by a procedure  
which contains adequate instructions  
and precautions.  
This switch is not normally in use. Virginia Power will perform an evaluation  
to document whether the existing DC cross-tie  
configuration  
needs to meet SG 6 requirements  
and if so, the evaluation  
will determine  
if modifications  
are warranted.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Virginia Power will perform an evaluation  
to document whether modifications  
are warranted  
to comply with SG 6 by August 1, 1998. If modifications  
are required, Design Change Packages (DCP) will be developed  
to support implementation  
by the end of the Unit 2, 2000 refueling  
outage and by the end of the Unit 1, 2001 refueling  
outage . Page 29 of 46   
* * * 50-280/98-201-11  
IFI Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
Station Battery Calculation  
Discrepancies (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(d))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team verified the sizing of the four station batteries  
for their two-hour loac;t profiles in accordance  
with calculation  
EE-0046, "Surry 125 VDC Loading Analysis", Rev. 1. Calculation  
was acceptable  
with the following  
exceptions:  
* Assumption  
4 of calculation  
EE-0046 did not use the most conservative  
values for DC input currents to the inverters  
from the applicable  
test reports. * * Calculation  
did not consider the closing of the 4KV breaker for charging pump C during the first minute. * Closing spring charging motors of 4KV breakers were assumed to draw 60 amps instead of the more conservative  
value of 80 amps * Worst case load demand requirements  
of a LOCA with high-high  
CLS were not . considered  
for the sizing of the station batteries.  
The licensee initiated  
DR S-98-0606  
to address the resolution  
of this topic, and performed  
an evaluation  
in accordance  
with IEEE 485 that demonstrated  
that the station batteries  
still had sufficient  
margin even when all above concerns were considered.  
However, the inverters  
beca~e limited to a load of 9 KVA instead of their full load of 15 KVA due to the reduction  
in the battery design margin. The licensee's  
resolution  
of these discrepancies  
found in the calculations  
is considered  
Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98.:201-11." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE DR S-98-0606  
did not cover the items noted* above, but was written to document errors in performing  
Addendum A to Calculation  
EE-0046. Response to DR S-98-0606  
concluded  
that the station battery load analysis remains valid and the related equipment  
will perform their design function.  
To address the items noted above, an informal sizing evaluation  
was performed  
in accordance  
with IEEE 485 during the A/E Inspection (in response to Item S-98-260)  
which concluded  
that the station batteries  
are acceptable.  
A subsequent  
addendum to Calculation  
EE-0046 for the new Unit 1 annunciator (Addendum  
01 B) took into account conservative  
values for inverter input current, included a first minute breaker operation  
for the "C" charging pump, incorporated  
a conservative  
value for spring charging motor inrush, and included other conservatisms (i.e., added random load believed to bound any worst case loading scenario).  
This Addendum provides confidence  
that the design margins associated  
with the station batteries  
bound ttie concerns noted above. * Page 30 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
1 DC Loading Calculation  
EE-0046 will be revised to formally account for the discrepancies  
noted above . COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE * Calculation  
EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999 . Page 31 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-12  
IFI EOG Battery_ Design Margin (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(e))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
1 "The team reviewed calculation  
14937.28, Revision 2. The calculation  
assumed a successful  
EOG start at the end of the two-hour load profile and at least one unsuccessful  
start in the first minute. )"he team identified  
discrepancies  
with the assumption  
and other design inputs to the calculation.  
The licensee issued DR S-97-0677 to review the following  
three concerns:  
* Calculation  
should provide the worst-case  
battery loading by assuming at least two unsuccessful  
starts in the first minute. * The starting currents for some DC motors, in the EOG starting circuits, may be partially  
concurrent  
with the current drawn by the EOG field flash circuitry.  
* The second start attempt in the first minute invokes two redundant  
starting circuits (DC auxiliary  
motors and control circuitry)  
instead of one, thereby almost doubling the load demand previously  
assumed. Also, the licensee committed  
to verify whether some additional  
continuous  
loads may be added to the battery load profile . Each concern can cause the battery load current to increase, thus reducing previous battery loading margins. The licensee did not reevaluate  
the sizing of the EOG batteries  
but felt that there was no operability  
concern because of the available  
design margin with the EOG batteries.  
The licensee's  
review of the identified  
discrepancies  
on the battery design margin is considered  
to be Inspection  
Followup Item 50~280/98-201-,12." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE An operability  
review was performed  
for" the issues listed above per DR S-98-0677  
response.  
This review concluded  
that adequate margin is available  
in the EOG battery sizing such that the discrepancies  
identified  
will not reduce the available  
margin so as to effect battery operability.  
The specific discrepancies  
identified  
are considered  
enhancements  
to the existing calculations  
in that the conclusions  
of the calculation  
will not change. Calculation  
14937.28 for the EOG Battery two-hour load profile will be revised to incorporate  
the concerns listed above. In addition, calculation  
14937.75, for the. EOG Battery four-hour  
load profile, will be reviewed to determine  
if similar discrepancies  
exist, and will be revised accordingly.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Calculations  
1493_7.28  
and 14937.75 will be revised by December 16, 1998 . Page 32 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-13  
IFI DC Fault Contribution (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(f))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The team reviewed calculation  
EE-0499, "DC Vital Bus Short Circuit Current", Rev. 1, and determined  
that all DC buses and associated  
cabling for the main 125 VDC system were conservatively  
sized for the available  
short circuit currents.  
Double-pole  
breakers provide the correct overload and fault protection  
for the DC system distribution  
circuits, and the correct sizing of protective  
devices ensures the requisite  
selective  
coordination  
between protective  
devices in series when applicable.  
A similar analysis did not exist to determine  
the available  
fault currents to the components  
and distribution  
circuitry  
supplied by the EDG batteries.  
Licensee wrote DR S-98-0677  
to review this concern. Review of DR S-98-0677  
is considered  
to be Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-13." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The referenced  
DR is associated  
with EDG battery duty cycle. No DR has been issued regarding  
available  
fault current since there has been no condition  
identified  
in which available  
fault current exceeds component-
design. Virginia Power will prepare a new calculation  
to determine  
the available  
fault-currents  
to the components  
and distribution  
circuitry  
supplied by the EDG batteries.  
Resolution  
of any identified  
improperly  
sized components  
will be handled by the corrective  
action process. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE An EDG Battery _short-circuit  
calculation  
will ~e completed  
by December 1, 1998 . Page 33 of46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-14  
IFI DC Load FlowNoltage  
Drop (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(g))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The team reviewed calculation  
EE-0046, 11 Surry 125 VDC Loading Analysis", Revision 1 in regard to voltage available  
to DC components.  
The licensee did not calculate  
the actual voltage at DC devices or components  
but at the ends of the field cables exiting the 125 VDC switchboards  
and panels. In many cases, a field cable terminates  
in an enclosure  
or rack in which the actual end component  
can be found but in several other cases additional  
cables. or wiring are traversed  
to get to the actual end components.  
These additional  
cables or wiring runs cause additional  
voltage drops possibly hindering  
the operability  
of a given end component.  
The licensee wrote a DR S-98-0649  
to . evaluate all affected circuits and determine  
the effects of any additional  
voltage drops on the operability  
of end components. . Preliminary  
calculations  
performed  
by licensee during inspection  
did not indicate a problem with any device being unable to perform its safety function due to low voltage at it input terminals.  
Additionally, this calculation  
showed only one inter-rack  
connector (twelve-foot, 750 MCM cable) when in fact there are two such connectors  
which for battery 1 A will cause an another .24 VDC drop in battery terminal voltage at the end of a battery discharge.  
The licensee wrote DR S-98-0674 to document and evaluate the impact of the additional  
cable. These two items are considered  
to be Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-14." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The initial design of the Surry .DC system did not include calculations  
of the actual* voltage at the end DC devices. Informal evaluations, performed  
in response to DR S-98-0649, have not identified  
any equipment  
which cannot perform its safety function due to minimum voltage concerns.  
Worst case bounding conditions  
were assumed and the voltage was determined  
to be adequate.  
For this reason, all affected equipment  
has been determined  
to be able to perform it's intended safety function for worst case DC voltage levels. In order to ensure end components  
are receiving  
acceptable  
voltage, new calculations  
will be performed  
for all affected DC circuits.  
Any component  
determined  
to be detrimentally  
affected by the actual voltage seen at the device, will be analyzed per the corrective  
action process. In addition, although *the calculation  
shows only one inter-rack  
connector  
for battery 1 A, when in fact there are two such connectors, the evaluation  
in response to DR S-98-0674 has determined  
that this drop in battery terminal voltage is bounded by the existing design basis and is not an operability  
concern. The revision of calculation  
Electrical  
Engineering  
EE-0046, noted in response to item 50-280/98-201-11  
above, will incorporate  
the existence  
of two inter-rack  
connectors  
for station battery 1 A . Page 34 of 46
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 * Calculation  
EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999. * * The development  
of a new DC System transient  
model and calculation  
encompassing  
end components  
will be complete _by December 16, 1999 . Page 35 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE 50-280/98-201-15  
IFI Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
1 DESCRIPTION  
* Adequate DC Component  
Voltage (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(g))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "A similar analysis to Item 50-280/98-201-14  
does not exist to determine  
whether the DC components  
supplied by the EOG batteries  
have the requisite  
voltage at their input terminals.  
Licensee is to review this concern under DR S-98-0677.  
This is considered  
to be Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-15." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The referenced  
DR is associated  
with EOG battery duty cycle. No DR has been issued regarding  
adequate voltage at end devices since there has been no condition  
identified  
in which available  
fault current exceeds component  
design. Specific design calculations  
and testing have not been completed  
to assure available  
voltages meet equipment  
requirements.  
Successful  
equipment  
function and functional  
testing indicate that available  
voltage operates the equipment  
properly.  
Additional  
calculations, which have been recommended  
to increase our level of confidence  
in our design, will be performed  
by Virginia Power. In order to ensure end components  
are receiving  
acceptable  
voltage, a new analysis will be performed  
for components  
supplied by the EOG Batteries.  
Any component  
determined  
to be detrimentally  
effected by the actual voltage seen at the end device will be analyzed per the corrective  
action process. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE The development  
of a new analysis for voltage drops for EOG DC loads will be complete by December 16, 1999 . Page 36 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-16  
IFI DC Load Control (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(h))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
1 ''The team reviewed the methodology  
for documenting  
load changes for both AC and DC buses, and some recent DCPs (design change packages)  
that had actual load changes in them. Electrical  
load changes are initially  
recorded in a computer printout of the database of SELL (Station Electrical  
Load List) and then incorporated  
in the next update of that database.  
Several concerns with this process were identified  
by the team during the inspection.  
The licensee agreed with the following  
team's concerns and will evaluate the process under DR S-98-0726:  
* Load changes at lower buses are not always reflected  
in total loading of upstream buses in between updates of the SELL data base. * Procedure  
STD-EEN-0026,"Guidelines  
for Electrical  
System Analysis," Revision 5, Step 6.1.2 requires that new loads be inputted to the electrical  
data base four weeks prior to issuing a draft DCP. Presently  
only the SELL printout is marked up prior to issuance of a DCP with new load changes inputted into the electrical  
database annually . * No one person is accountable  
for electrical  
load changes and has ownership  
responsibility  
for incorporating  
them in SELL database.  
* The time between both calculation  
revisions  
and SELL data base updates (5 to 7 . years tor some critical calculations)  
is too long with only the marked up SELL printout reflecting  
the true status of the loading of electrical  
buses in the interim. * Licensee reviewed 30 DCPs in response to a question by the team and found that T out of the 30 DCPs had not properly incorporated  
load changes into the marked up printout of the SELL database.  
These errors probably would have been inputted into the SELL database at the next annual update. The total error on DC bus 28, the bus most impacted, was 4 amps. The licensee momentarily  
lost control of the loading on its DC buses because electrical  
load changes were improperly  
tracked. This item was identified  
as Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-16." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Powers' immediate  
response was to verify the existing DC bus coridition, as noted above, was acceptable.  
We have reconciled  
the 4 amp difference  
and have shown that adequate battery margin exists for the discrepancies  
identified.  
In addition to the .DCPs screened by the NRC Inspector, Engineering  
has reviewed all DCPs with DC electrical  
changes tor affect on the SELL. Only minor discrepancies  
were identified . For the errors that were found, Engineering  
has incorporated  
the corrections  
into .the appropriate  
SELL documents.  
Page 37 of 46   
Page 37 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
* *
1 The procedures  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 The procedures governing the .control of the SELL will be revised to strengthen the requirement to reflect load changes at lower buses in total loading of upstream buses, in between updates of the SELL data base. In addition, these procedures wiil be revised to include an appropriate time frame for issuance of a revised SELL to be
governing  
* consistent with the current Design Change Process. Procedures will also be changed to assure changes which may affect values in other programs are applied appropriately.
the .control of the SELL will be revised to strengthen  
The anticipated procedures affected will be NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical Systems Analysis," and Implementing Procedure EE-010, "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL." Engineering will give SELL training, encompassing the revised procedures, to .the Electrical Engineering staffs both at Innsbrook and at Surry. The responsibilities of the individuals required to maintain the SELL database will be emphasized.
the requirement  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE The required changes to procedures, NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical Systems Analysis" and Electrical Engineering Implementing Procedure EE-010 "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL" will be completed by December 15, 1998. Electrical Engineering training as described above will be completed by March 15, 1999 . Page 38 of 46   
to reflect load changes at lower buses in total loading of upstream buses, in between updates of the SELL data base. In addition, these procedures  
* *
wiil be revised to include an appropriate  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-17 IFI Battery Surveillance Test (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(1))
time frame for issuance of a revised SELL to be * consistent  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The performance tests for the station and EOG batteries were not performed in accordance with IEEE 450-1980 which licensee imposed on itself. Licensee would terminate the performance tests after a specified time not at the end voltage of 1. 75 volts per cell per IEEE 450. This caused the battery capacity to be recorded at too low of a value and interfered with accurate trending of battery capacity.
with the current Design Change Process. Procedures  
IEEE 450 invokes the performance of a service test each year once battery capacity drops at least 1 O percent from the last test. Early termination of the performance tests delays the invoking of this increased monitoring.
will also be changed to assure changes which may affect values in other programs are applied appropriately.  
Licensee was aware of this deviation from IEEE 450 and had initiated an update of the involved procedures.
The anticipated  
To date only the performance tests for Unit 2 station and EOG batteries have been revised. If the capacity is less than 90 percent, the procedure requires that a deviation report be written, instead of the performance of a service test each year as required by IEEE 450. As a further corrective action for trending performance tests, the licensee will extrapolate the data of the last discharge test for each station battery to determine the actual capacity if the test had been completed per IEEE 450. This item was identified as Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-17." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The three performance test procedures 0/1/2-EPT-0106-08 for the EDG batteries have been revised to conform with IEEE 450-1980.
procedures  
The procedures for the Station batteries will be revised accordingly.
affected will be NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical  
The data from the last discharge test has been extrapolated for each Station battery and actual capacity was acceptable based on the acceptance criteria of IEEE 450. In addition, the battery capacity trends have been completed and are being maintained.
Systems Analysis," and Implementing  
for the EDG batteries.
Procedure  
Trending for the Station batteries is being done and will be made consistent with the methods for EOG trending in conjunction with procedure development.
EE-010, "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL." Engineering  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE**
will give SELL training, encompassing  
Procedure revisions and capacity trending will be in place for Station batteries by September 30, 1998 . Page 39 of 46   
the revised procedures, to .the Electrical  
* *
Engineering  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-18 IFI Fuse Control (Section E1 .2.2.2.2U))
staffs both at Innsbrook  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The licensee has developed a fuse control program that consists of comprehensive fuse lists and procedures for replacement of fuses. The fuse lists were detailed tabulations of the safety-related fuses in power and instrument circuits depicting inherent characteristics for identification and sizing. The licensee estimated that 90 percent of the fuses in the fuse lists have been both design and field verified.
and at Surry. The responsibilities  
An attempt has been made to incorporate all the safety-related fuses in the fuse lists but there are outliers for which the licensee was unable to estimate the number during the inspection.
of the individuals  
Deviation reports have been issued indicating that the fuses installed in some non-safety-related circuits were not correct. The team sampled installed fuses and the data in the fuse lists and found the fuses to be adequately sized and the supporting data to be accurate.
required to maintain the SELL database will be emphasized.  
Recently . the licensee experienced a failure of a replacement fuse because it did not have a time overcurrent plot similar to that of original fuse. The licensee realizes that its Item Equivalency Evaluation Review (IEER) process for fuses needs to be upgraded to include similar overcurrent plots as a further qualifying item in the replacement of fuses. This item was identified as Inspector Followup Item 50-280/98-201-18." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The specific discrepancies in fuse type or size have been corrected under the Virginia Power corrective action program. The fuse control program referenced was developed after the plant was complete and in operation.
COMPLETION  
The method of capturing the 'as built' configuration was to take. the specified fuse information from existing drawings.
SCHEDULE The required changes to procedures, NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical  
When . this method could not be applied, due to missing information, field walkdowns collected information from the installed fuses. This process has continued and information is
Systems Analysis" and Electrical  
* added as it is identified.
Engineering  
The referenced DRs are examples of this process in action. The same DR review demonstrated*
Implementing  
that there have been very few problems with incorrect fuses installed in the field. For these reasons, Virginia Power will continue to complete the fuse lists on an as-needed basis. The "90% of the fuses on the fuse list" that were stated as "verified" during the inspection were-intended-to reflect the-process identified above. Virginia Power has not had reason to question the original specification of fuses or changes to fuses made under our design control program, therefore, no specific design basis reconstitution for fuses has been. initiated.
Procedure  
An investigation into the replacement fuse mentioned above was performed.
EE-010 "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL" will be completed  
Virginia Power has researched the Item Equivalency Evaluation Review (IEER) electronic database and determined that there were no IEER's performed at Surry Power Station Page 40 of 46   
by December 15, 1998. Electrical  
Engineering  
training as described  
above will be completed  
by March 15, 1999 . Page 38 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-17  
IFI Battery Surveillance  
Test (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(1))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The performance  
tests for the station and EOG batteries  
were not performed  
in accordance  
with IEEE 450-1980 which licensee imposed on itself. Licensee would terminate  
the performance  
tests after a specified  
time not at the end voltage of 1. 75 volts per cell per IEEE 450. This caused the battery capacity to be recorded at too low of a value and interfered  
with accurate trending of battery capacity.  
IEEE 450 invokes the performance  
of a service test each year once battery capacity drops at least 1 O percent from the last test. Early termination  
of the performance  
tests delays the invoking of this increased  
monitoring.  
Licensee was aware of this deviation  
from IEEE 450 and had initiated  
an update of the involved procedures.  
To date only the performance  
tests for Unit 2 station and EOG batteries  
have been revised. If the capacity is less than 90 percent, the procedure  
requires that a deviation  
report be written, instead of the performance  
of a service test each year as required by IEEE 450. As a further corrective  
action for trending performance  
tests, the licensee will extrapolate  
the data of the last discharge  
test for each station battery to determine  
the actual capacity if the test had been completed  
per IEEE 450. This item was identified  
as Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-17." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The three performance  
test procedures  
0/1/2-EPT-0106-08  
for the EDG batteries  
have been revised to conform with IEEE 450-1980.  
The procedures  
for the Station batteries  
will be revised accordingly.  
The data from the last discharge  
test has been extrapolated  
for each Station battery and actual capacity was acceptable  
based on the acceptance  
criteria of IEEE 450. In addition, the battery capacity trends have been completed  
and are being maintained.  
for the EDG batteries.  
Trending for the Station batteries  
is being done and will be made consistent  
with the methods for EOG trending in conjunction  
with procedure  
development.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE**  
Procedure  
revisions  
and capacity trending will be in place for Station batteries  
by September  
30, 1998 . Page 39 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-18  
IFI Fuse Control (Section E1 .2.2.2.2U))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The licensee has developed  
a fuse control program that consists of comprehensive  
fuse lists and procedures  
for replacement  
of fuses. The fuse lists were detailed tabulations  
of the safety-related  
fuses in power and instrument  
circuits depicting  
inherent characteristics  
for identification  
and sizing. The licensee estimated  
that 90 percent of the fuses in the fuse lists have been both design and field verified.  
An attempt has been made to incorporate  
all the safety-related  
fuses in the fuse lists but there are outliers for which the licensee was unable to estimate the number during the inspection.  
Deviation  
reports have been issued indicating  
that the fuses installed  
in some non-safety-related  
circuits were not correct. The team sampled installed  
fuses and the data in the fuse lists and found the fuses to be adequately  
sized and the supporting  
data to be accurate.  
Recently . the licensee experienced  
a failure of a replacement  
fuse because it did not have a time overcurrent  
plot similar to that of original fuse. The licensee realizes that its Item Equivalency  
Evaluation  
Review (IEER) process for fuses needs to be upgraded to include similar overcurrent  
plots as a further qualifying  
item in the replacement  
of fuses. This item was identified  
as Inspector  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-18." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The specific discrepancies  
in fuse type or size have been corrected  
under the Virginia Power corrective  
action program. The fuse control program referenced  
was developed  
after the plant was complete and in operation.  
The method of capturing  
the 'as built' configuration  
was to take. the specified  
fuse information  
from existing drawings.  
When . this method could not be applied, due to missing information, field walkdowns  
collected  
information  
from the installed  
fuses. This process has continued  
and information  
is * added as it is identified.  
The referenced  
DRs are examples of this process in action. The same DR review demonstrated*  
that there have been very few problems with incorrect  
fuses installed  
in the field. For these reasons, Virginia Power will continue to complete the fuse lists on an as-needed  
basis. The "90% of the fuses on the fuse list" that were stated as "verified" during the inspection  
were-intended-to  
reflect the-process  
identified  
above. Virginia Power has not had reason to question the original specification  
of fuses or changes to fuses made under our design control program, therefore, no specific design basis reconstitution  
for fuses has been. initiated.  
An investigation  
into the replacement  
fuse mentioned  
above was performed.  
Virginia Power has researched  
the Item Equivalency  
Evaluation  
Review (IEER) electronic  
database and determined  
that there were no IEER's performed  
at Surry Power Station Page 40 of 46   
* * * ------------~---
* * * ------------~---
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 for a replacement fuse. The fuse mentioned above was determined to be a replacement fuse(s), which through p*ersonnel error, was not processed through the formal item equivalency evaluation process prior to being issued out of inventory and installed into plant equipment.
1 for a replacement  
A Design Reference Procedure (DRP) exist for fuses, which specifically denotes the manufacturer/model of the fuse to be used and the specific plant location(s) where installation of the fuse is acceptable.
fuse. The fuse mentioned  
Any suggested fuse, for either safety related, NSQ, or non-safety related applications that is not an identical (like for like) replacement is required to have the appropriate technical reviews performed and documented either through a Design Change Package (DCP) or an IEER prior to installation.
above was determined  
VPAP-0708, "Item Equivalency Evaluation" requires that all the critical characteristics for design be documented for the original and recommended substitute.
to be a replacement  
If there are any differences, a technical explanation for acceptability must be provided and documented in the IEER or may be included as an attachment in the form of an ET (Engineering Transmittal) provided by engineering for added technical justification.
fuse(s), which through p*ersonnel  
A critical design characteristic for fuses is the time current curve. An IEER would consider, for comparison purposes, the time current curves as the primary, if not the most critical of the design characteristics.
error, was not processed  
An IEER requires an independent design review, which would include the comparison of the curves.
through the formal item equivalency  
* Virginia Power has determined that the procedure for the Item Equivalency Evaluation, VPAP-0708, will not require a revision.
evaluation  
Virginia Power will review the maintenance work management process for ensuring that non-identical replacement fuses are processed through this IEER program and will provided enhancements to the process if required.
process prior to being issued out of inventory  
Virginia Power will train appropriate personnel on the IEER program as it relates to identical fuse replacements.
and installed  
COMPLETION SCHEDULE Virginia Power will review the process for ensuring that non-identical replacement fuses are processed through this IEER program and will provide enhancements to the IEER and maintenance work management process, if required, by December 15, 1998. Virginia Power will train appropriate personnel on the IEER program as it relates to identical fuse replacements by March 15, 1999 .. Page 41 of 46   
into plant equipment.  
* *
A Design Reference  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-19 IFI RS System Flow (Section E1 .3. t.2(a)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team evaluated the following calculations to evaluate the capability of the RS system to fulfill its safety function:
Procedure (DRP) exist for fuses, which specifically  
* 01039.621O-US-(B)-107, "Containment LOCA Analysis for Core Uprate," Rev. O
denotes the manufacturer/model  
* 01039.621O-US-(B)-106, "LOCTIC LOCA Input Parameter Values for Core Uprating," Rev. 0
of the fuse to be used and the specific plant location(s)  
* ME-0405, "Minimum.
where installation  
Required TOH for Inside Recirculation Spray (IRS) Pump for Core Uprate -Units 1 & 2," Rev. 0
of the fuse is acceptable.  
* ME-0418, "Minimum Required TOH for Outside Recirculation Spray (ORS) Pump for Core Uprate -Units 1 & 2," Rev. 0 In the analysis, a total RS flow of 5700 gpm was considered of which 2700 gpm was contributed by the IRS pumps and 3000 gpm was contributed by the ORS pumps. The review identified that calculation ME-0405 did not take into account flow diversion from the Unit 1 IRS pumps which would not be available to the RS spray headers. The team and licensee identified the following diversion paths:
Any suggested  
* Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of-the Recirculation Spray Coolers (1-RS-E-1A  
fuse, for either safety related, NSQ, or non-safety  
& 1 B) with no isolation valves.
related applications  
* Through Y2" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers with partially (1 Y2 turns) open manual valves 1-RS-70 & 72 and fully open instrument valves 1-RS-71 & 73 downstream of level switches 1-RS-LS-152 A & B.
that is not an identical (like for like) replacement  
* Through Y2" fully open drain valves 1-RS-84 & 85 downstream of which are 1/8" orifices.
is required to have the appropriate  
Similar flow diversion paths were also identified with the Unit 2 IRS pumps:
technical  
* Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers '(2-RS-E-1A  
reviews performed  
& 1 B) with no isolation valves.
and documented  
* Through Y2" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers with partially (1 Y2 turns) open manual valves 2-RS-18 & 19 and fully open instrument valves 2-RS-43 & 57 downstream of level switches 2-RS-LS-252 A & B. The licensee performed preliminary analyses, ET CME-98-0013, Rev. 2, -ET NAF-980038, Rev. 1, and safety evaluation 98-0033, which determined that the total flow diverted for the IRS pumps in Unit 1 and Unit 2 was about 47 and 44 gpm respectively . The analyses also determined that all IRS pumps in both units would provide more than the required 2700 gpm, the least (Unit 1, Train A) being 2738 gpm and the most (Unit 2, Train B) being 3029 gpm, to the recirculation spray headers after allowing for the losses Page 42 of 46   
either through a Design Change Package (DCP) or an IEER prior to installation.  
* *
VPAP-0708, "Item Equivalency  
* Serial No. 98-300 . ATTACHMENT 1 through the above mentioned unidentified flow paths. The inspection team concurred with the conclusions of the analyses . The review also identified that calculation ME-0418 did not take into account flow diversion from the Unit 1 ORS pumps which would not be available to the RS spray headers. The team and licensee identified the following diversion paths:
Evaluation" requires that all the critical characteristics  
* Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers (1-RS-E-1C  
for design be documented  
& 1 D) with no isolation valves.
for the original and recommended  
* Through %" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation
substitute.  
_Spray Coolers with partially (1 % turns) open manual valves 1-RS-74 & 76 and fully open instrument valves 1-RS-75 & 77 downstream of level switches 1-RS-LS-152 C & D.
If there are any differences, a technical  
* Through %" fully open drain valves 1-RS-86 & 87 downstream of which are 1/8" orifices.
explanation  
Similarly, the calculation ME-0418 did not take into account the flow diversion paths for the ORS pumps in Unit 2.
for acceptability  
* Drain lines routed to the emergency sump and located downstream of check valves, 2-RS-11 and 17, with spectacle flanges 2-'RS-FNG-70A  
must be provided and documented  
& 71A. These drain lines do not indicate any line number identification or pipe sizes on the drawing.
in the IEER or may be included as an attachment  
* Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers (2-RS-E-1C and 1 D) with no isolation valves .
in the form of an ET (Engineering  
* Through %" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers with partially (1 % turns) open manual valves 2-RS-20 & 21 and fully open instrument valves 2-RS-64 & 65 downstream of level switches 2-RS-LS-252 C & D. The licensee's preliminary analyses, ET CME-98-0013, Rev. 2, ET NAF-980038, Rev. 1, and safety evaluation 98-0033, in this case determined that the total flow diverted for the ORS pumps in Unit 1 and Unit 2 was about 47 and 87 gpm respectively.
Transmittal)  
The analyses further determined that all ORS pumps in both units provide less than the required 3000 gpm, the worst (Unit 2, Train B) being 2958 gpm and the best (Unit 1, Train B) being 2998 gpm, to the recirculation spray headers after taking into account the losses through the above mentioned unidentified flow paths. However, for either A or B Train, the IRS pump flows have enough margins to cover the reduced flow from both ORS pumps, such that the total required flow of 5700 gpm for any RS train used in the containment analysis was not affected.
provided by engineering  
The worst case IRS and ORS combination was Unit 1, Train A, which would deliver 5721 gpm to the spray headers after*allowing for the loss~s through the unidentified flow paths in both the IRS and ORS pumps. Therefore, the preliminary analyses concluded that the acceptance criteria for the containment analyses of record would conti~ue to be met even with the loss of flow from the unidentified flow paths for both Surry Units . Safety evaluation 98-0033 was prepared to revise the UFSAR Section 6.3 to discuss the impact of the diverted flow through the vents and drains, and that the reduction in Page 43 of 46   
for added technical  
* *
justification.  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 the ORS flow requirements to ~he spray headers would not affect the total RS flow values used in the containment analysis for core uprate. Also, licensee issued DR S-98-0673 to take corrective actions, including alternatives to minimize flow through the unidentified flow paths. Licensee's long term resolution to this issue is considered an Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-19." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The following flowpaths, that divert flow from the Recirculation Spray System (RS) headers, were determined to be unac_counted for in previous RS system flow analysis:
A critical design characteristic  
* RS Heat Exchangers (RSHX) shell level switch vent/drains that are maintained open
for fuses is the time current curve. An IEER would consider, for comparison  
* Drain line downstream of Outside RS inside Containment Isolation Valve
purposes, the time current curves as the primary, if not the most critical of the design characteristics.  
* Shell vents on the RSHXs Engineering Transmittals CME 98-0013, Rev. 2, and NAF 98-0038, Rev. 0, were . prepared to provide technical assurance of the ability* of the RS system to deliver required flows through the combination of both the inside and outside RS system spray arrays in order to effect design basis containment depressurization, while accounting for system flows through vents and drains that are currently not included in ttie RS system design basis flow calculations.
An IEER requires an independent  
The analysis concluded that the RS system continues to meet the acceptance criteria for the containment analysis of record . The need for each of these flowpaths will be evaluated and, if not necessary, it will be deleted. For the flowpaths that can be eliminated, a Design Change Package (DCP) and/or procedure revisions will be prepare~.
design review, which would include the comparison  
The changes will be implemented by the end of the 1998 RFO for Unit 1 and the 1999 RFO for Unit 2. System flow calculations will be updated by the implementation of the DCPs to include those flowpaths that could not be eliminated.
of the curves. * Virginia Power has determined  
In addition, a review of the Surry Containment Spray system will be performed to ensure that unanalyzed diversion flowpaths do not exist. This review will be completed by December 15; 1998. COMPLETION SCHEDULE Design. Changes will be implemented to eliminate non-needed flow paths for the RS system by the end of the 1998 refueling outage for Unit 1 and 1999 refueling outage for Unit 2. System flow calculations will be updated by the implementation of the DCPs to include those flowpaths1hat could not be eliminated.
that the procedure  
The Containment Spray System review will be completed by December 15, 1998 . Page44 of46   
for the Item Equivalency  
* *
Evaluation, VPAP-0708, will not require a revision.  
* ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-20 IFI Unqualified Coatings (Section E1 .3.1.2(c))
Virginia Power will review the maintenance  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team, however, noted that the coating (paint) systems on the RCP motors were not qualified to withstand the post accident conditions in the containment.
work management  
Their delamination during accident and subsequent migration inside containment to the containment emergency sump could result* in the blockage of the fine-mesh screens surrounding the sump. This in turn would impede the flow of the spray water.
process for ensuring that non-identical  
* Thus, adversely affecting the NPSH of the RS and LHSI pumps that take suction from this sump in the long term recirculation mode after a LOCA. A preliminary evaluation performed by the licensee indicated that due to the tortuous path and the low velocity (SWEC calculation 14937.30-US(B)-075, "Transport of Paint Chips to the Containment Sump Screens," Rev. 0, December 12, 1988) at which the failed coatings from the RCP motors would be transported, operability of the RS and LHSI pumps would not be affected.
replacement  
* However, the licensee has not yet identified all the unqualified coatings inside containment that could potentially fail due to irradiation at the post accident environmental conditions inside containment.
fuses are processed  
Also, the calculation 14937.30-US(B)-
through this IEER program and will provided enhancements  
075 did not address the running of the .LHSI pumps and the resultant effect on the velocity, zone of influence, and the quantity of failed coatings in suspension in the water. Therefore; the licensee has initiated a PPR 98-022 and DR S-98-0667 to determine all the unqualified coatings inside containment and evaluate the impact of their delamination and migration to the containment sump screens and eventual blockage of the containment sump screens. Licensee's evaluation of the effect from unqualified coatings on the containment sump screens is considered ah Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-20." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The acceptability of coatings in containment applied in accordance with the original *construction specification is based on the original evaluations for selection and application of coatings.
to the process if required.  
A degree of testing and assessment of the original coatings was conducted  
Virginia Power will train appropriate  
personnel  
on the IEER program as it relates to identical  
fuse replacements.  
COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Virginia Power will review the process for ensuring that non-identical  
replacement  
fuses are processed  
through this IEER program and will provide enhancements  
to the IEER and maintenance  
work management  
process, if required, by December 15, 1998. Virginia Power will train appropriate  
personnel  
on the IEER program as it relates to identical  
fuse replacements  
by March 15, 1999 .. Page 41 of 46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-19  
IFI RS System Flow (Section E1 .3. t.2(a)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The team evaluated  
the following  
calculations  
to evaluate the capability  
of the RS system to fulfill its safety function:  
* 01039.621O-US-(B)-107, "Containment  
LOCA Analysis for Core Uprate," Rev. O * 01039.621O-US-(B)-106, "LOCTIC LOCA Input Parameter  
Values for Core Uprating," Rev. 0 * ME-0405, "Minimum.  
Required TOH for Inside Recirculation  
Spray (IRS) Pump for Core Uprate -Units 1 & 2," Rev. 0 * ME-0418, "Minimum Required TOH for Outside Recirculation  
Spray (ORS) Pump for Core Uprate -Units 1 & 2," Rev. 0 In the analysis, a total RS flow of 5700 gpm was considered  
of which 2700 gpm was contributed  
by the IRS pumps and 3000 gpm was contributed  
by the ORS pumps. The review identified  
that calculation  
ME-0405 did not take into account flow diversion  
from the Unit 1 IRS pumps which would not be available  
to the RS spray headers. The team and licensee identified  
the following  
diversion  
paths: * Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of-the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers (1-RS-E-1A  
& 1 B) with no isolation  
valves. * Through Y2" instrument  
tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers with partially  
(1 Y2 turns) open manual valves 1-RS-70 & 72 and fully open instrument  
valves 1-RS-71 & 73 downstream  
of level switches 1-RS-LS-152  
A & B. * Through Y2" fully open drain valves 1-RS-84 & 85 downstream  
of which are 1/8" orifices.  
Similar flow diversion  
paths were also identified  
with the Unit 2 IRS pumps: * Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers '(2-RS-E-1A  
& 1 B) with no isolation  
valves. * Through Y2" instrument  
tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers with partially  
(1 Y2 turns) open manual valves 2-RS-18 & 19 and fully open instrument  
valves 2-RS-43 & 57 downstream  
of level switches 2-RS-LS-252  
A & B. The licensee performed  
preliminary  
analyses, ET CME-98-0013, Rev. 2, -ET NAF-980038, Rev. 1, and safety evaluation  
98-0033, which determined  
that the total flow diverted for the IRS pumps in Unit 1 and Unit 2 was about 47 and 44 gpm respectively . The analyses also determined  
that all IRS pumps in both units would provide more than the required 2700 gpm, the least (Unit 1, Train A) being 2738 gpm and the most (Unit 2, Train B) being 3029 gpm, to the recirculation  
spray headers after allowing for the losses Page 42 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 . ATTACHMENT  
1 through the above mentioned  
unidentified  
flow paths. The inspection  
team concurred  
with the conclusions  
of the analyses . The review also identified  
that calculation  
ME-0418 did not take into account flow diversion  
from the Unit 1 ORS pumps which would not be available  
to the RS spray headers. The team and licensee identified  
the following  
diversion  
paths: * Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers (1-RS-E-1C  
& 1 D) with no isolation  
valves. * Through %" instrument  
tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation  
_Spray Coolers with partially  
(1 % turns) open manual valves 1-RS-74 & 76 and fully open instrument  
valves 1-RS-75 & 77 downstream  
of level switches 1-RS-LS-152  
C & D. * Through %" fully open drain valves 1-RS-86 & 87 downstream  
of which are 1/8" orifices.  
Similarly, the calculation  
ME-0418 did not take into account the flow diversion  
paths for the ORS pumps in Unit 2. * Drain lines routed to the emergency  
sump and located downstream  
of check valves, 2-RS-11 and 17, with spectacle  
flanges 2-'RS-FNG-70A  
& 71A. These drain lines do not indicate any line number identification  
or pipe sizes on the drawing. * Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers (2-RS-E-1C  
and 1 D) with no isolation  
valves . * Through %" instrument  
tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation  
Spray Coolers with partially  
(1 % turns) open manual valves 2-RS-20 & 21 and fully open instrument  
valves 2-RS-64 & 65 downstream  
of level switches 2-RS-LS-252  
C & D. The licensee's  
preliminary  
analyses, ET CME-98-0013, Rev. 2, ET NAF-980038, Rev. 1, and safety evaluation  
98-0033, in this case determined  
that the total flow diverted for the ORS pumps in Unit 1 and Unit 2 was about 47 and 87 gpm respectively.  
The analyses further determined  
that all ORS pumps in both units provide less than the required 3000 gpm, the worst (Unit 2, Train B) being 2958 gpm and the best (Unit 1, Train B) being 2998 gpm, to the recirculation  
spray headers after taking into account the losses through the above mentioned  
unidentified  
flow paths. However, for either A or B Train, the IRS pump flows have enough margins to cover the reduced flow from both ORS pumps, such that the total required flow of 5700 gpm for any RS train used in the containment  
analysis was not affected.  
The worst case IRS and ORS combination  
was Unit 1, Train A, which would deliver 5721 gpm to the spray headers after*allowing  
for the loss~s through the unidentified  
flow paths in both the IRS and ORS pumps. Therefore, the preliminary  
analyses concluded  
that the acceptance  
criteria for the containment  
analyses of record would conti~ue to be met even with the loss of flow from the unidentified  
flow paths for both Surry Units . Safety evaluation  
98-0033 was prepared to revise the UFSAR Section 6.3 to discuss the impact of the diverted flow through the vents and drains, and that the reduction  
in Page 43 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 the ORS flow requirements  
to ~he spray headers would not affect the total RS flow values used in the containment  
analysis for core uprate. Also, licensee issued DR S-98-0673 to take corrective  
actions, including  
alternatives  
to minimize flow through the unidentified  
flow paths. Licensee's  
long term resolution  
to this issue is considered  
an Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-19." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The following  
flowpaths, that divert flow from the Recirculation  
Spray System (RS) headers, were determined  
to be unac_counted  
for in previous RS system flow analysis:  
* RS Heat Exchangers (RSHX) shell level switch vent/drains  
that are maintained  
open * Drain line downstream  
of Outside RS inside Containment  
Isolation  
Valve * Shell vents on the RSHXs Engineering  
Transmittals  
CME 98-0013, Rev. 2, and NAF 98-0038, Rev. 0, were . prepared to provide technical  
assurance  
of the ability* of the RS system to deliver required flows through the combination  
of both the inside and outside RS system spray arrays in order to effect design basis containment  
depressurization, while accounting  
for system flows through vents and drains that are currently  
not included in ttie RS system design basis flow calculations.  
The analysis concluded  
that the RS system continues  
to meet the acceptance  
criteria for the containment  
analysis of record . The need for each of these flowpaths  
will be evaluated  
and, if not necessary, it will be deleted. For the flowpaths  
that can be eliminated, a Design Change Package (DCP) and/or procedure  
revisions  
will be prepare~.  
The changes will be implemented  
by the end of the 1998 RFO for Unit 1 and the 1999 RFO for Unit 2. System flow calculations  
will be updated by the implementation  
of the DCPs to include those flowpaths  
that could not be eliminated.  
In addition, a review of the Surry Containment  
Spray system will be performed  
to ensure that unanalyzed  
diversion  
flowpaths  
do not exist. This review will be completed  
by December 15; 1998. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE Design. Changes will be implemented  
to eliminate  
non-needed  
flow paths for the RS system by the end of the 1998 refueling  
outage for Unit 1 and 1999 refueling  
outage for Unit 2. System flow calculations  
will be updated by the implementation  
of the DCPs to include those flowpaths1hat  
could not be eliminated.  
The Containment  
Spray System review will be completed  
by December 15, 1998 . Page44 of46   
* * * ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-20  
IFI Unqualified  
Coatings (Section E1 .3.1.2(c))  
NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
1 "The team, however, noted that the coating (paint) systems on the RCP motors were not qualified  
to withstand  
the post accident conditions  
in the containment.  
Their delamination  
during accident and subsequent  
migration  
inside containment  
to the containment  
emergency  
sump could result* in the blockage of the fine-mesh  
screens surrounding  
the sump. This in turn would impede the flow of the spray water. * Thus, adversely  
affecting  
the NPSH of the RS and LHSI pumps that take suction from this sump in the long term recirculation  
mode after a LOCA. A preliminary  
evaluation  
performed  
by the licensee indicated  
that due to the tortuous path and the low velocity (SWEC calculation  
14937.30-US(B)-075, "Transport  
of Paint Chips to the Containment  
Sump Screens," Rev. 0, December 12, 1988) at which the failed coatings from the RCP motors would be transported, operability  
of the RS and LHSI pumps would not be affected.  
* However, the licensee has not yet identified  
all the unqualified  
coatings inside containment  
that could potentially  
fail due to irradiation  
at the post accident environmental  
conditions  
inside containment.  
Also, the calculation  
14937.30-US(B)-
075 did not address the running of the .LHSI pumps and the resultant  
effect on the velocity, zone of influence, and the quantity of failed coatings in suspension  
in the water. Therefore;  
the licensee has initiated  
a PPR 98-022 and DR S-98-0667  
to determine  
all the unqualified  
coatings inside containment  
and evaluate the impact of their delamination  
and migration  
to the containment  
sump screens and eventual blockage of the containment  
sump screens. Licensee's  
evaluation  
of the effect from unqualified  
coatings on the containment  
sump screens is considered  
ah Inspection  
Followup Item 50-280/98-201-20." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The acceptability  
of coatings in containment  
applied in accordance  
with the original *construction  
specification  
is based on the original evaluations  
for selection  
and application  
of coatings.  
A degree of testing and assessment  
of the original coatings was conducted  
**that *documen,ed  
**that *documen,ed  
**the *suitability  
**the *suitability of application for an accident environment.
of application  
The analysis performed employed methods that were considered to be state of the art. Controlled documents were employed to direct the application of coatings in containment and have been periodically revised to incorporate DBA qualified coatings .that met adopted industry standards.
for an accident environment.  
Based on Virginia Power's previous assessment of coatings inside containment, the operability of the containment sump is currently not in question.
The analysis performed  
employed methods that were considered  
to be state of the art. Controlled  
documents  
were employed to direct the application  
of coatings in containment  
and have been periodically  
revised to incorporate  
DBA qualified  
coatings .that met adopted industry standards.  
Based on Virginia Power's previous assessment  
of coatings inside containment, the operability  
of the containment  
sump is currently  
not in question.  
Page 45 of 46   
Page 45 of 46   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
* *
1 An effort has commenced  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 An effort has commenced in which unqualified coatings and other debris sources (herein now referred to as debris) inside containment will be identified.
in which unqualified  
This information will be evaluated to determine the affect of debris migration and potential blocking of the containment emergency sump. The adverse affect~ of sump blockage on NPSH of the RS and LHSI pumps that take suction from the sump will also be evaluated.
coatings and other debris sources (herein now referred to as debris) inside containment  
Virginia Power has developed a* preliminary Scope of Work that addresses the major elements and parameters to be investigated as discussed in the inspection report. The objectives of this investigation have been divided into two major tasks described below. These tasks will be implemented in distinct phases. Task 1: Task 2: Perform a coating condition assessment  
will be identified.  
-This task will determine the qualification status of coating inside containment.
This information  
This will also provide the initial data base required to initiate the unqualified coating log that tracks the status of unqualified coatings inside containment.
will be evaluated  
This task will provide a basis for a program to be developed to evaluate coatings on replacement equipment and components for use inside containment.
to determine  
* Analysis and assessment of available NPSH margin -This task will estimate the amount of coating surface area that can fail by evaluating the total debris (insulation, coating and other) blockage and resulting pressure drop compared to the available NPSH margin. Also, zones of influence for determining the quantity of debris that migrates to the emergency sump will be identified and analysis of debris transport and NPSH will be performed.
the affect of debris migration  
The Scope of Work and Schedule are listed in this response as preliminary.
and potential  
This is due to the expected issuance of an NRC Generic Letter addressing unqualified coatings.
blocking of the containment  
Virginia Power will follow the action plan outlined above until such time that a Generic Letter is issued. At this point, Virginia Power will review the requirements of the Generic
emergency  
* Letter and assess the need to modify our action plan. Revisions to our scope and schedule may be in order to join an integrated tndustry review and response.
sump. The adverse affect~ of sump blockage on NPSH of the RS and LHSI pumps that take suction from the sump will also be evaluated.  
Any changes to the above action plan and schedule, due to the issuance of a Generic Letter, will be promptly communicated*to the NRC. COMPLETION SCHEDULE The preliminary schedule for the completion of Tasks 1 and 2 is January 31, 2001 . Page 46 of 46   
Virginia Power has developed  
** *
a* preliminary  
* ATTACHMENT 2 PROGRAM ENHANCEMENTS SERIAL NO. 98-300   
Scope of Work that addresses  
* *
the major elements and parameters  
* PROGRAM ENHANCEMENTS 1 ). Corrective Action NRC Observations related to the Corrective Action Process Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 In the Executive Summary to NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRC made the following observation: "The licensee failed to effectively resolve issues identified through their engineering analyses and self-assessments.
to be investigated  
These examples included:
as discussed  
failure to resolve the acceptability of AC voltage which was calculated to be less than the design value of 480 volts at the bus; failure to perform the recommended breaker-to-breaker or breaker-to-fuse coordination evaluations; and some corrective actions resulting from the licensee's Electrical Distribution Safety Functional Assessment (EDSFA)." Virginia Power Response Corrective actions for Virginia.
in the inspection  
Power are guided by our administrative procedures VPAP-1501, "Deviation Reports" and VPAP-1601, "Corrective Action." These administrative guidelines lay the foundation for early identification of issues and the complete and thorough resolution of identified concerns.
report. The objectives  
Station Management has taken an active role in ensuring that deviation reports (DRs) and commitment tracking system {CTS) items are properly and thoroughly resolved.
of this investigation  
Although, Virginia Power" has a strong program, it is recognized that improvements to the programs can be made to ensure corrective actions are effectively implemented.  
have been divided into two major tasks described  
*
below. These tasks will be implemented  
* Virginia Power recognizes that recommendations and follow-up actions identified in Engineering documents such as calculations, technical reports, and Engineering Transmittals (ETs) have not always been* clearly translated into completed actions or tracked to resolution.
in distinct phases. Task 1: Task 2: Perform a coating condition  
Engineering is evaluating the causes and possible remedies for this situation.
assessment  
Program weak_nesses and human error have contributed to deficiencies in the implementation of these programs.
-This task will determine  
This comprehensive evaluation will provide insight into actions needed to prevent a repeat of the problems identified during the inspection effort. For example, issues will be tracked to resolution by providing appropriate tracking mechanisms, engineers will be trained to provide closure on open issues, and procedural guidance will be added to assure required corrective actions are always included in the established corrective action program. Revisions will then be made to applicable procedures and standards by August 31, 1998 to ensure that required actions are identified, tracked and fully implemented.
the qualification  
This evaluation will address all Engineering procedures and standards for preparing calculations, technical reports, and ETs. Training will then be provided to all appropriate Engineering personnel by September 30, 1998 to ensure the programmatic improvements are Page 1 of 6   
status of coating inside containment.  
* *
This will also provide the initial data base required to initiate the unqualified  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT 2 Additionally, Engineering's Potential Problem Reporting (PPR) process will be reviewed for possible enhancements.
coating log that tracks the status of unqualified  
The PPR process is used to evaluate complex technical issues to determine whether a deviating condition exists. The PPR process ties to the existing company DR process have been strengthened in recent months to ensure problems are quickly and thoroughly identified and then fed into the Station's existing corrective action programs.
coatings inside containment.  
As Virginia Power noted during the inspection, the EDSFA/EDSFI identified a number of Engineering actions which have not yet been completed.
This task will provide a basis for a program to be developed  
As a result, a Root Cause Evaluation (RCE) is being conducted to determine what open issues remain, why the issues were not properly completed and identify an action plan for resolution of the open issues. This root cause evaluation is reviewing all of the action items from EDSFA, not just the open items,* to ensure that actions taken or planned are acceptable.
to evaluate coatings on replacement  
The results of the RCE will be presented to management for approval of recommended corrective actions by July 31, 1998. Engineering is developing a new work management tool that will support the resolution of corrective actions. This new "Task Tracking" program will provide a comprehensive tracking system of the Engineering work load to provide management with information to allocate resources to support effective and timely completion of corrective action work items . Page 2 of 6   
equipment  
* *
and components  
* 2). Configuration Management NRC Observations related to Configuration Management Serial No. 98-300
for use inside containment.  
* ATIACHMENT 2 In the May 11, 1998 cover letter transmitting NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRC made the following observation: "Based on the number of discrepancies found in your UFSAR and your design basis documents (DBDs), your additional attention to improve the quality of these documents appeared warranted." In the Exe6utive Summary to NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRG made the following observation: "Other discrepancies included instances where the surveillance procedures were not consistent with design bases, differences between the as-built configuration and the system design as shown on the drawing or the UFSAR, and various calculation deficiencies.
* Analysis and assessment  
The team had some difficulties in obtaining the most recent calculations because the licensee's calculation index system did not distinguish between active and inactive calculations.
of available  
The team also identified a number of UFSAR and DBD discrepancies." Virginia Power Response Virginia Power agrees that additional attention to improve the quality of the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) and Design Basis Documents (DBD) is warranted and that discrepancies exist among those various documents.
NPSH margin -This task will estimate the amount of coating surface area that can fail by evaluating  
Actions to identify and resolve those discrepancies have been underway since April 1997 when Virginia Power established a new organization within its Nuclear Business Unit to address the concern. The new organization, entitled the Integrated Configuration Management Project, has as its .primary goal the effective management of ongoing programs intended to improve design and licensing bases documentation, and to demonstrate compliance with those bases in the operation of Surry Power Station. The overall Project approach is to complete the verification and validation of plant configurations, operations documents, the UFSAR, and Improved Technical*
the total debris (insulation, coating and other) blockage and resulting  
Specifications (ITS) on a system-by-system basis, following the issuance of individual system Design Basis Documents.
pressure drop compared to the available  
Integration Review teams, lead by project engineers and comprised of engineering, operations, and licensing personnel, conduct comprehensive reviews utilizing a -rigorous -methodology to *demonstrate that operations at Surry complies with its design and licensing bases, and to initiate change documents as required.
NPSH margin. Also, zones of influence  
The Project was initially described in our February 7, 1997 response to NRC's October 9, 1996 1 OCFR50.54(f) request for information regarding the adequacy and availability of design basis information.
for determining  
the quantity of debris that migrates to the emergency  
sump will be identified  
and analysis of debris transport  
and NPSH will be performed.  
The Scope of Work and Schedule are listed in this response as preliminary.  
This is due to the expected issuance of an NRC Generic Letter addressing  
unqualified  
coatings.  
Virginia Power will follow the action plan outlined above until such time that a Generic Letter is issued. At this point, Virginia Power will review the requirements  
of the Generic * Letter and assess the need to modify our action plan. Revisions  
to our scope and schedule may be in order to join an integrated  
tndustry review and response.  
Any changes to the above action plan and schedule, due to the issuance of a Generic Letter, will be promptly communicated*to  
the NRC. COMPLETION  
SCHEDULE The preliminary  
schedule for the completion  
of Tasks 1 and 2 is January 31, 2001 . Page 46 of 46   
** * * ATTACHMENT  
2 PROGRAM ENHANCEMENTS  
SERIAL NO. 98-300   
* * * PROGRAM ENHANCEMENTS  
1 ). Corrective  
Action NRC Observations  
related to the Corrective  
Action Process Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
2 In the Executive  
Summary to NRC Inspection  
Report Nos. 50-280/98-201  
and 50-281/98-201, the NRC made the following  
observation: "The licensee failed to effectively  
resolve issues identified  
through their engineering  
analyses and self-assessments.  
These examples included:  
failure to resolve the acceptability  
of AC voltage which was calculated  
to be less than the design value of 480 volts at the bus; failure to perform the recommended  
breaker-to-breaker  
or breaker-to-fuse  
coordination  
evaluations;  
and some corrective  
actions resulting  
from the licensee's  
Electrical  
Distribution  
Safety Functional  
Assessment (EDSFA)." Virginia Power Response Corrective  
actions for Virginia.  
Power are guided by our administrative  
procedures  
VPAP-1501, "Deviation  
Reports" and VPAP-1601, "Corrective  
Action." These administrative  
guidelines  
lay the foundation  
for early identification  
of issues and the complete and thorough resolution  
of identified  
concerns.  
Station Management  
has taken an active role in ensuring that deviation  
reports (DRs) and commitment  
tracking system {CTS) items are properly and thoroughly  
resolved.  
Although, Virginia Power" has a strong program, it is recognized  
that improvements  
to the programs can be made to ensure corrective  
actions are effectively  
implemented.  
* * Virginia Power recognizes  
that recommendations  
and follow-up  
actions identified  
in Engineering  
documents  
such as calculations, technical  
reports, and Engineering  
Transmittals (ETs) have not always been* clearly translated  
into completed  
actions or tracked to resolution.  
Engineering  
is evaluating  
the causes and possible remedies for this situation.  
Program weak_nesses  
and human error have contributed  
to deficiencies  
in the implementation  
of these programs.  
This comprehensive  
evaluation  
will provide insight into actions needed to prevent a repeat of the problems identified  
during the inspection  
effort. For example, issues will be tracked to resolution  
by providing  
appropriate  
tracking mechanisms, engineers  
will be trained to provide closure on open issues, and procedural  
guidance will be added to assure required corrective  
actions are always included in the established  
corrective  
action program. Revisions  
will then be made to applicable  
procedures  
and standards  
by August 31, 1998 to ensure that required actions are identified, tracked and fully implemented.  
This evaluation  
will address all Engineering  
procedures  
and standards  
for preparing  
calculations, technical  
reports, and ETs. Training will then be provided to all appropriate  
Engineering  
personnel  
by September  
30, 1998 to ensure the programmatic  
improvements  
are Page 1 of 6   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT  
2 Additionally, Engineering's  
Potential  
Problem Reporting (PPR) process will be reviewed for possible enhancements.  
The PPR process is used to evaluate complex technical  
issues to determine  
whether a deviating  
condition  
exists. The PPR process ties to the existing company DR process have been strengthened  
in recent months to ensure problems are quickly and thoroughly  
identified  
and then fed into the Station's  
existing corrective  
action programs.  
As Virginia Power noted during the inspection, the EDSFA/EDSFI  
identified  
a number of Engineering  
actions which have not yet been completed.  
As a result, a Root Cause Evaluation (RCE) is being conducted  
to determine  
what open issues remain, why the issues were not properly completed  
and identify an action plan for resolution  
of the open issues. This root cause evaluation  
is reviewing  
all of the action items from EDSFA, not just the open items,* to ensure that actions taken or planned are acceptable.  
The results of the RCE will be presented  
to management  
for approval of recommended  
corrective  
actions by July 31, 1998. Engineering  
is developing  
a new work management  
tool that will support the resolution  
of corrective  
actions. This new "Task Tracking" program will provide a comprehensive  
tracking system of the Engineering  
work load to provide management  
with information  
to allocate resources  
to support effective  
and timely completion  
of corrective  
action work items . Page 2 of 6   
* * * 2). Configuration  
Management  
NRC Observations  
related to Configuration  
Management  
Serial No. 98-300 * ATIACHMENT  
2 In the May 11, 1998 cover letter transmitting  
NRC Inspection  
Report Nos. 50-280/98-
201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRC made the following  
observation: "Based on the number of discrepancies  
found in your UFSAR and your design basis documents (DBDs), your additional  
attention  
to improve the quality of these documents  
appeared warranted." In the Exe6utive  
Summary to NRC Inspection  
Report Nos. 50-280/98-201  
and 50-281/98-201, the NRG made the following  
observation: "Other discrepancies  
included instances  
where the surveillance  
procedures  
were not consistent  
with design bases, differences  
between the as-built configuration  
and the system design as shown on the drawing or the UFSAR, and various calculation  
deficiencies.  
The team had some difficulties  
in obtaining  
the most recent calculations  
because the licensee's  
calculation  
index system did not distinguish  
between active and inactive calculations.  
The team also identified  
a number of UFSAR and DBD discrepancies." Virginia Power Response Virginia Power agrees that additional  
attention  
to improve the quality of the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) and Design Basis Documents (DBD) is warranted  
and that discrepancies  
exist among those various documents.  
Actions to identify and resolve those discrepancies  
have been underway since April 1997 when Virginia Power established  
a new organization  
within its Nuclear Business Unit to address the concern. The new organization, entitled the Integrated  
Configuration  
Management  
Project, has as its .primary goal the effective  
management  
of ongoing programs intended to improve design and licensing  
bases documentation, and to demonstrate  
compliance  
with those bases in the operation  
of Surry Power Station. The overall Project approach is to complete the verification  
and validation  
of plant configurations, operations  
documents, the UFSAR, and Improved Technical*  
Specifications (ITS) on a system-by-system  
basis, following  
the issuance of individual  
system Design Basis Documents.  
Integration  
Review teams, lead by project engineers  
and comprised  
of engineering, operations, and licensing  
personnel, conduct comprehensive  
reviews utilizing  
a -rigorous -methodology  
to *demonstrate  
that operations  
at Surry complies with its design and licensing  
bases, and to initiate change documents  
as required.  
The Project was initially  
described  
in our February 7, 1997 response to NRC's October 9, 1996 1 OCFR50.54(f)  
request for information  
regarding  
the adequacy and availability  
of design basis information.  
Further details were provided in our May 23, 1997 letter to Page 3 of 6   
Further details were provided in our May 23, 1997 letter to Page 3 of 6   
** * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
** *
2 the NRC in which the scope and methodology  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 the NRC in which the scope and methodology of an updated FSAR review and validation plan were provided to meet NRC's expectations as expressed in the October 18, 1996 Enforcement Policy revision.
of an updated FSAR review and validation  
The Project represents a substantial undertaking by Virginia Power. Upon management approval of the Project, substantial efforts were required to mobilize the new organization.
plan were provided to meet NRC's expectations  
These effects included staffing, acquiring physical facilities and computer resources, and developing the detailed methodology, procedures, and computer software necessary to support various Project . tasks. Project staffing is roughly 70 personnel, including more than 50 full-time project staff and an equivalent of 20 full-time technical staff drawn from within the Virginia Power Nuclear organization to support the various integrated review teams. During the inspection, NRG observed instances where the surveillance procedures were not consistent with the design bases, and* differences were identified between the as-built configuration and the system design as shown in a drawing or in the UFSAR. . The NRG also identified a number of other UFSAR and DBD discrepancies.
as expressed  
It is Virginia Power's intent to address and correct each discrepancy identified by the N RC in a timely manner. Each discrepancy has been entered into the Project's tracking database and will be resolved during the integrated review for the affected system in accordance with the Project's published schedule.
in the October 18, 1996 Enforcement  
In summary, Virginia Power has already focused appropriate attention and resources on the concern expressed in the NRG's May 11, 1998 inspection report. Based on Project results to date, the Integration Reviews are demonstrating the adequacy qf design and licensing bases information on a system basis, and initiating corrective action, when required.
Policy revision.  
However, to determine whether any enhancements to existing processes are appropriate, those review processes will be assessed in light of the specific observations described in NRG Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201 regarding design and licensing bases documents.
The Project represents  
That assessment will be completed by August 31, 1998 . Page4 of 6   
a substantial  
* *
undertaking  
* 3). Calculation Deficiencies NRC Observations related to Calculation Deficiencies Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 In the Executive Summary to NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281 /98-201, the NRC made the following observations: "The team had some difficulties in obtaining the most recent calculations because the licensee's calculation index system did not distinguish between active and inactive calculations." "The licensee did not have a robust amount of electrical calculations to support the AC and DC system design basis. The following were unavailable:
by Virginia Power. Upon management  
cable ampacity calculation to verify cable sizing; calculations to demonstrate that the penetration circuits were within design limits; analyses which justified the sizing of the DC penetrations; analyses which examined the fault currents to the DC components and their distribution circuitry; and analyses which showed that the DC voltage at the component level was adequate to operate the devices." Virginia Power Response Virginia Power has high confidence that plant systems are conservatively designed with respect to plant design basis. The Design Basis Document (DBD) program, which has been in process since 1989, has completed identification of critical calculations for electrical systems and performed an assessment to determine the adequacy of those calculations to support the electrical system design. Where necessary, critical calculations were reconstituted to ensure that the minimum set of design information exists to de_monstrate that system functional requirements are met. DBD open items were generated to further upgrade the body of electrical calculations to enhance the . availability of design basis information.
approval of the Project, substantial  
The DBD program contains an ongoing element to identify and resolve open issues related to electrical calculations; Through planned and ongoing efforts, Virginia Power will address additional calculations, which have been recommended to increase our level of confidence in our design.
efforts were required to mobilize the new organization.  
* Additional measures to control documentation of which calculations are active will be pursued to reduce the likelihood of an error in maintaining our program. Calculation Control -An enhancement to the Virginia Power calculation control program has been implemented which reinforces the requirement that all users determine which calculations, or portions of calculations are active prior to their reference or use. A study-is being-conducted to determine  
These effects included staffing, acquiring  
*if any further changes to this program are needed that would enhance the users ability to determine the status of calculations..
physical facilities  
The study will be completed and any changes to the program will be incorporated by January 31, 1999 . Page 5 of 6   
and computer resources, and developing  
* *
the detailed methodology, procedures, and computer software necessary  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 Electrical Calculations  
to support various Project . tasks. Project staffing is roughly 70 personnel, including  
-The design of the Surry Power Station was such that detailed component level calculations were not documented, in some cases, during original design. To upgrade the calculatio'n availability for the electrical systems, the following calculations will be performed:
more than 50 full-time  
: 1. Cable ampacity calculations to verify cable sizing will be completed by December 1 , 1998. 2. Calculations to demonstrate that the penetration circuits are within design limits will be completed by December 1 , 1998. 3. Analyses to justify the sizing of the DC penetrations will be completed by December 31, 1998. 4. Analyses to examine the fault currents to the DC components and their distribution circuitry will be completed per the response to Item 50-280/98-201-13.
project staff and an equivalent  
: 5. Analyses to show that the DC voltage, at the component level, is adequate to operate the devices* will be completed per the responses to Items 50-280/98-201-14 & 15 . Page 6 of 6   
of 20 full-time  
* *
technical  
* ATTACHMENT 3
staff drawn from within the Virginia Power Nuclear organization  
 
to support the various integrated  
==SUMMARY==
review teams. During the inspection, NRG observed instances  
OF COMMITMENTS SERIAL NO. 98-300   
where the surveillance  
* *
procedures  
* Serial No. 98-300
were not consistent  
* ATTACHMENT 3
with the design bases, and* differences  
 
were identified  
==SUMMARY==
between the as-built configuration  
OF COMMITMENTS The following commitments are made in response to the findings identified in Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201.
and the system design as shown in a drawing or in the UFSAR. . The NRG also identified  
* 1. 2. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
a number of other UFSAR and DBD discrepancies.  
* COMMITMENT ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-02 Error in Calculation SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup" The UFSAR changes associated with the Safety Injection System NPSH analysis penalties are to be incorporated into the UFSAR by August 31, 1998. 50-281/98-201-03 Unit 2 LHSI Pump Minimum Flow COMMITMENT A modification package will be implemented during the 1999 Refueling Outage for Unit 2 and the 2000 Refueling Outage for Unit 1 to resolve the susceptibility of the LHSI Pumps to interaction during periods when the pumps are operated in
It is Virginia Power's intent to address and correct each discrepancy  
* parallel on the recirculation flowpath.
identified  
Virginia Power's evaluations performed in response to NRC IEB B8-04 will be reviewed to ensure that there are no other invalid assumptions regarding pumps that are susceptible to potentially harmful interactions.
by the N RC in a timely manner. Each discrepancy  
This review will be completed by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary.
has been entered into the Project's  
: 3. . ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT 50-280/98-201-04 Motor Thermal Overload for 1-S 1-P-1 B Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. The Design Change Package (DCP) to install the new
tracking database and will be resolved during the integrated  
* LTD/INST trip settings by modifying or replacing the breaker, as required, associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor, will be implemented by June 30, 199.9. . Page 1 of 6 Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 3 ..
review for the affected system in accordance  
* 4 . ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-05 DESCRIPTION Adequacy of 4160 VAC Electrical Cables to Withstand Fault Current COMMITMENT A Technical Report will be issued by December 1, 1998 to document the acceptability of the 4KV cable design. 5. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-06 DESCRIPTION Breaker-to-Breaker and Breaker-to-Fuse Analysis COMMITMENT Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated to provide
with the Project's  
* additional breaker-to-breaker coordination and to support implementation by the end of the 2000 Unit 2 and 2001 Unit 1 refueling outages. 6. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-07 DESCRIPTION Breaker Replacement
published  
* COMMITMENT Work scope additions to DCP 92-099 are being prepared to replace existing breakers with the correct size breaker IAW Technical Reports, EE-0094 and EE-0095. Unit 1 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Fall 1998 refueling outage. Unit 2 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Spring 1999 refueling outage. 7. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-08 DESCRIPTION EOG Battery Transfer Switch COMMITMENT A Design Change Package will be generated to support permanently disabling the EDG Battery transfer switch. The switch will be permanently disabled by June 30, 1999 .
schedule.  
* Page 2 of 6   
In summary, Virginia Power has already focused appropriate  
..
attention  
* 8 . 9. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
and resources  
: 10. ITEM NUMBER
on the concern expressed  
* DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
in the NRG's May 11, 1998 inspection  
* 11. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
report. Based on Project results to date, the Integration  
: 12. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT 50-280/98-201-09 DC Tie Breaker Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 3 Maintenance Operating Procedures (MOP), for removal from service and return to service of station batteries, will be revised by October 1 , 1998. 50-280/98-201-10 DC Bus Tie Interlock Virginia Power will perform an evaluation to document whether modifications are warranted to comply with Safety Guide (SG) 6 by August 1, 1998. If modifications are required, Design Change Packages will be developed to support implementation by the end of the U11it 2, 2000 refueling outage and by the end of the Unit 1, 2001 refueling outage. 50-280/98-201-11 Station Battery Calculation Discrepancies Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999. 50-280/98-201-12 EOG Battery Design Margin Calculations 14937.28 and 14937.75 will be revised by December 16, 1998 .. 50-280/98-201-13 DC Fault Contribution An EOG Battery short circuit calculation will be completed by . December 1 ; 1998 . Page 3 of 6 r ., * *
Reviews are demonstrating  
* 13. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
the adequacy qf design and licensing  
: 14. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
bases information  
: 15. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
on a system basis, and initiating  
: 16. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT 50-280/98-201-14 DC Load FlowNoltage Drop Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT 3 Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999 The development of a new DC System transient model and calculation encompassing end components will be completed by December 1, 1999. 50-280/98-201-15 Adequate DC Component Voltage The development of a new analysis for voltage drops for EOG DC loads will be completed by December 1, 1999. 50-280/98-201-16 DC Load Control The required changes to procedures, NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical Systems Analysis" and
corrective  
* Electrical Engineering Implementing Procedure EE-010 "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL" will be completed by December 15, 1998. Electrical Engineering Training, as noted in the response, will be completed by March 15, 1999. 50-280/98-201-17 Battery Surveillance Test Procedure revisions and capacity trending will be in place for Station batteries by September 30, 1998 . Page 4 of 6 I' Serial No. 98-300
action, when required.  
* ATTACHMENT 3 ,J. ~7. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-18
However, to determine  
* DESCRIPTION Fuse Control COMMITMENT Virginia Power will review the process for ensuring that non-identical replacement fuses are processed through this IEER program and will provide enhancements to the IEER and maintenance work management process, if required, by December 15, 1998. Virginia Power will train appropriate personnel on the IEER program as it relates to non-identical fuse replacements by March 15, 1999. 18. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-19 DESCRIPTION RS System Flow COMMITMENT Design Changes will be implemented to eliminate non-needed flow paths for the RS system by the end c:.if the 1998 refueling outage for Unit 1 and 1999 refueling outage for Unit 2 . System flow calculations will be updated by the
whether any enhancements  
* implementation of the DCPs to include those flowpaths that could not be eliminated.
to existing processes  
The Containment Spray System review will be completed by December 15, 1998. 19. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-20 DESCRIPTION Unqualified Coatings*
are appropriate, those review processes  
COMMITMENT The preliminary schedule for the project is January 31, 2001 for the completion of Tasks 1 and 2 as described in the response .
will be assessed in light of the specific observations  
* Page 5 of 6   
described  
* * *
in NRG Inspection  
* Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT3
Report Nos. 50-280/98-201  
: 20. CORRECTIVE ACTION PROGRAM COMMITMENT Revisions will be made to applicable Corrective Action Program procedures and standards by August 31, 1998 to ensure that required actions are identified, tracked and fully implemented.
and 50-281/98-201  
This evaluation will address all engineering procedures and standards for preparing calculations, technical reports, and ETs. Training will be provided to all appropriate engineering personnel by September 30, 1998 to ensure the programmatic improvements are understood and utilized.
regarding  
The results of the Electrical Distribution System Functional Assessment (EDSFA) Hoot Cause Evaluation (RCE) will be presented to management for approval of recommended corrective actions by July 31, 1998. 21. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT
design and licensing  
: 22. COMMITMENT Specific observations described in NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201 regarding design and licensing bases documents, wili be reviewed to _ determine whether any enhancements to the existing Integrated Review Team processes are appropriate.
bases documents.  
* This assessment will be completed by August 31, 1998 . CALCULATION DEFICIENCIES COMMITMENT Changes will be incorporated into the calculation control program by January 31, 1999. To upgrade the calculation availability for the electrical systems, the following calculations will be performed:
That assessment  
* 1. Cable ampacity calculations to verify cable sizing will be completed by December 1, 1998. 2. Calculations to demonstrate that the penetration circuits are within design limits will be completed by December 1, 1998. 3. Analyses to justify the sizing of the DC penetrations will be completed by December 31, 1998. . 4. Analyses to examine the fault currents to the DC components  
will be completed  
by August 31, 1998 . Page4 of 6   
* * * 3). Calculation  
Deficiencies  
NRC Observations  
related to Calculation  
Deficiencies  
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
2 In the Executive  
Summary to NRC Inspection  
Report Nos. 50-280/98-201  
and 50-281 /98-201, the NRC made the following  
observations: "The team had some difficulties  
in obtaining  
the most recent calculations  
because the licensee's  
calculation  
index system did not distinguish  
between active and inactive calculations." "The licensee did not have a robust amount of electrical  
calculations  
to support the AC and DC system design basis. The following  
were unavailable:  
cable ampacity calculation  
to verify cable sizing; calculations  
to demonstrate  
that the penetration  
circuits were within design limits; analyses which justified  
the sizing of the DC penetrations;  
analyses which examined the fault currents to the DC components  
and their distribution  
circuitry;  
and analyses which showed that the DC voltage at the component  
level was adequate to operate the devices." Virginia Power Response Virginia Power has high confidence  
that plant systems are conservatively  
designed with respect to plant design basis. The Design Basis Document (DBD) program, which has been in process since 1989, has completed  
identification  
of critical calculations  
for electrical  
systems and performed  
an assessment  
to determine  
the adequacy of those calculations  
to support the electrical  
system design. Where necessary, critical calculations  
were reconstituted  
to ensure that the minimum set of design information  
exists to de_monstrate  
that system functional  
requirements  
are met. DBD open items were generated  
to further upgrade the body of electrical  
calculations  
to enhance the . availability  
of design basis information.  
The DBD program contains an ongoing element to identify and resolve open issues related to electrical  
calculations;  
Through planned and ongoing efforts, Virginia Power will address additional  
calculations, which have been recommended  
to increase our level of confidence  
in our design. * Additional  
measures to control documentation  
of which calculations  
are active will be pursued to reduce the likelihood  
of an error in maintaining  
our program. Calculation  
Control -An enhancement  
to the Virginia Power calculation  
control program has been implemented  
which reinforces  
the requirement  
that all users determine  
which calculations, or portions of calculations  
are active prior to their reference  
or use. A study-is being-conducted  
to determine  
*if any further changes to this program are needed that would enhance the users ability to determine  
the status of calculations..  
The study will be completed  
and any changes to the program will be incorporated  
by January 31, 1999 . Page 5 of 6   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
2 Electrical  
Calculations  
-The design of the Surry Power Station was such that detailed component  
level calculations  
were not documented, in some cases, during original design. To upgrade the calculatio'n  
availability  
for the electrical  
systems, the following  
calculations  
will be performed:  
1. Cable ampacity calculations  
to verify cable sizing will be completed  
by December 1 , 1998. 2. Calculations  
to demonstrate  
that the penetration  
circuits are within design limits will be completed  
by December 1 , 1998. 3. Analyses to justify the sizing of the DC penetrations  
will be completed  
by December 31, 1998. 4. Analyses to examine the fault currents to the DC components  
and their distribution  
circuitry  
will be completed  
per the response to Item 50-280/98-201-13.  
5. Analyses to show that the DC voltage, at the component  
level, is adequate to operate the devices* will be completed  
per the responses  
to Items 50-280/98-201-
14 & 15 . Page 6 of 6   
* * * ATTACHMENT  
3 SUMMARY OF COMMITMENTS  
SERIAL NO. 98-300   
* * * Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
3 SUMMARY OF COMMITMENTS  
The following  
commitments  
are made in response to the findings identified  
in Inspection  
Report Nos. 50-280/98-201  
and 50-281/98-201.  
* 1. 2. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
* COMMITMENT  
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
50-280/98-201-02  
Error in Calculation  
SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup" The UFSAR changes associated  
with the Safety Injection  
System NPSH analysis penalties  
are to be incorporated  
into the UFSAR by August 31, 1998. 50-281/98-201-03  
Unit 2 LHSI Pump Minimum Flow COMMITMENT  
A modification  
package will be implemented  
during the 1999 Refueling  
Outage for Unit 2 and the 2000 Refueling  
Outage for Unit 1 to resolve the susceptibility  
of the LHSI Pumps to interaction  
during periods when the pumps are operated in * parallel on the recirculation  
flowpath.  
Virginia Power's evaluations  
performed  
in response to NRC IEB B8-04 will be reviewed to ensure that there are no other invalid assumptions  
regarding  
pumps that are susceptible  
to potentially  
harmful interactions.  
This review will be completed  
by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary.  
3. . ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
50-280/98-201-04  
Motor Thermal Overload for 1-S 1-P-1 B Calculation  
EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. The Design Change Package (DCP) to install the new * LTD/INST trip settings by modifying  
or replacing  
the breaker, as required, associated  
with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor, will be implemented  
by June 30, 199.9. . Page 1 of 6
Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
3 .. * 4 . ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-05  
DESCRIPTION  
Adequacy of 4160 VAC Electrical  
Cables to Withstand  
Fault Current COMMITMENT  
A Technical  
Report will be issued by December 1, 1998 to document the acceptability  
of the 4KV cable design. 5. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-06  
DESCRIPTION  
Breaker-to-Breaker  
and Breaker-to-Fuse  
Analysis COMMITMENT  
Calculation  
EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated  
to provide * additional  
breaker-to-breaker  
coordination  
and to support implementation  
by the end of the 2000 Unit 2 and 2001 Unit 1 refueling  
outages. 6. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-07  
DESCRIPTION  
Breaker Replacement  
* COMMITMENT  
Work scope additions  
to DCP 92-099 are being prepared to replace existing breakers with the correct size breaker IAW Technical  
Reports, EE-0094 and EE-0095. Unit 1 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Fall 1998 refueling  
outage. Unit 2 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Spring 1999 refueling  
outage. 7. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-08  
DESCRIPTION  
EOG Battery Transfer Switch COMMITMENT  
A Design Change Package will be generated  
to support permanently  
disabling  
the EDG Battery transfer switch. The switch will be permanently  
disabled by June 30, 1999 . * Page 2 of 6   
.. * 8 . 9. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
10. ITEM NUMBER * DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
* 11. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
12. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
50-280/98-201-09  
DC Tie Breaker Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
3 Maintenance  
Operating  
Procedures (MOP), for removal from service and return to service of station batteries, will be revised by October 1 , 1998. 50-280/98-201-10  
DC Bus Tie Interlock  
Virginia Power will perform an evaluation  
to document whether modifications  
are warranted  
to comply with Safety Guide (SG) 6 by August 1, 1998. If modifications  
are required, Design Change Packages will be developed  
to support implementation  
by the end of the U11it 2, 2000 refueling  
outage and by the end of the Unit 1, 2001 refueling  
outage. 50-280/98-201-11  
Station Battery Calculation  
Discrepancies  
Calculation  
EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999. 50-280/98-201-12  
EOG Battery Design Margin Calculations  
14937.28 and 14937.75 will be revised by December 16, 1998 .. 50-280/98-201-13  
DC Fault Contribution  
An EOG Battery short circuit calculation  
will be completed  
by . December 1 ; 1998 . Page 3 of 6
r ., * * * 13. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
14. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
15. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
16. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMITMENT  
50-280/98-201-14  
DC Load FlowNoltage  
Drop Serial No. 98-300 ATTACHMENT  
3 Calculation  
EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999 The development  
of a new DC System transient  
model and calculation  
encompassing  
end components  
will be completed  
by December 1, 1999. 50-280/98-201-15  
Adequate DC Component  
Voltage The development  
of a new analysis for voltage drops for EOG DC loads will be completed  
by December 1, 1999. 50-280/98-201-16  
DC Load Control The required changes to procedures, NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical  
Systems Analysis" and * Electrical  
Engineering  
Implementing  
Procedure  
EE-010 "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL" will be completed  
by December 15, 1998. Electrical  
Engineering  
Training, as noted in the response, will be completed  
by March 15, 1999. 50-280/98-201-17  
Battery Surveillance  
Test Procedure  
revisions  
and capacity trending will be in place for Station batteries  
by September  
30, 1998 . Page 4 of 6
I' Serial No. 98-300 * ATTACHMENT  
3 ,J. ~7. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-18  
* DESCRIPTION  
Fuse Control COMMITMENT  
Virginia Power will review the process for ensuring that non-identical  
replacement  
fuses are processed  
through this IEER program and will provide enhancements  
to the IEER and maintenance  
work management  
process, if required, by December 15, 1998. Virginia Power will train appropriate  
personnel  
on the IEER program as it relates to non-identical  
fuse replacements  
by March 15, 1999. 18. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-19  
DESCRIPTION  
RS System Flow COMMITMENT  
Design Changes will be implemented  
to eliminate  
non-needed flow paths for the RS system by the end c:.if the 1998 refueling  
outage for Unit 1 and 1999 refueling  
outage for Unit 2 . System flow calculations  
will be updated by the * implementation  
of the DCPs to include those flowpaths  
that could not be eliminated.  
The Containment  
Spray System review will be completed  
by December 15, 1998. 19. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-20  
DESCRIPTION  
Unqualified  
Coatings*  
COMMITMENT  
The preliminary  
schedule for the project is January 31, 2001 for the completion  
of Tasks 1 and 2 as described  
in the response . * Page 5 of 6   
* * * * Serial No. 98-300 ATIACHMENT3  
20. CORRECTIVE  
ACTION PROGRAM COMMITMENT  
Revisions  
will be made to applicable  
Corrective  
Action Program procedures  
and standards  
by August 31, 1998 to ensure that required actions are identified, tracked and fully implemented.  
This evaluation  
will address all engineering  
procedures  
and standards  
for preparing  
calculations, technical  
reports, and ETs. Training will be provided to all appropriate  
engineering  
personnel  
by September  
30, 1998 to ensure the programmatic  
improvements  
are understood  
and utilized.  
The results of the Electrical  
Distribution  
System Functional  
Assessment (EDSFA) Hoot Cause Evaluation (RCE) will be presented  
to management  
for approval of recommended  
corrective  
actions by July 31, 1998. 21. CONFIGURATION  
MANAGEMENT  
22. COMMITMENT  
Specific observations  
described  
in NRC Inspection  
Report Nos. 50-280/98-201  
and 50-281/98-201  
regarding  
design and licensing  
bases documents, wili be reviewed to _ determine  
whether any enhancements  
to the existing Integrated  
Review Team processes  
are appropriate.  
* This assessment  
will be completed  
by August 31, 1998 . CALCULATION  
DEFICIENCIES  
COMMITMENT  
Changes will be incorporated  
into the calculation  
control program by January 31, 1999. To upgrade the calculation  
availability  
for the electrical  
systems, the following  
calculations  
will be performed:  
* 1. Cable ampacity calculations  
to verify cable sizing will be completed  
by December 1, 1998. 2. Calculations  
to demonstrate  
that the penetration  
circuits are within design limits will be completed  
by December 1, 1998. 3. Analyses to justify the sizing of the DC penetrations  
will be completed  
by December 31, 1998. . 4. Analyses to examine the fault currents to the DC components  
... .and .. their ... distribution  
... .and .. their ... distribution  
--circuitry  
--circuitry will be completed per the response to Item 50-280/98-201-13.
will be completed  
: 5. Analyses to show that the DC voltage, at the component level, is adequate to operate the devices will be completed per the responses to Items 50-280/98-201-14  
per the response to Item 50-280/98-201-13.  
& 15 . Page 6 of 6}}
5. Analyses to show that the DC voltage, at the component  
level, is adequate to operate the devices will be completed  
per the responses  
to Items 50-280/98-201-14  
& 15 . Page 6 of 6
}}

Revision as of 15:12, 31 July 2019

Submits Response to Violations Noted in Insp Repts 50-280/98-201 & 50-281/98-201.Corrective Actions:Development of New Analysis for Voltage Drops for EDG DC Loads Will Be Completed by 991216
ML18151A610
Person / Time
Site: Surry  
Issue date: 07/09/1998
From: Ohanlon J
VIRGINIA POWER (VIRGINIA ELECTRIC & POWER CO.)
To:
NRC OFFICE OF INFORMATION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (IRM)
References
50-280-98-201, 50-281-98-201, 98-300, NUDOCS 9807160247
Download: ML18151A610 (63)


Text

  • *
  • VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RicHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 July 9, 1998 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attention:

Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555 Gentlemen:

VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 RESPONSE TO SURRY PLANT DESIGN INSPECTION Serial No. NL&OS/SLW Docket Nos. License Nos. NRC INSPECTION REPORT NOS. 50-280/98-201 AND 50-281/98-201 98-300 R1 50-280 50-281 DPR-32. DPR-37 We have reviewed Inspection Report No. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201 dated May 11, 1998 for Surry Units. 1 and 2: This report documents the NRC's plant design inspection conducted February 16, 1998 through March 27, 1998. As requested in the Inspection Report, we have developed a schedule and corrective action plan for the unresolved and inspector follow-up items identified in Appendix A of the report. Immediate corrective actions have been taken for items of potential safety significance and action plans for aggressive resolution of the remaining open items have been developed.

The specific schedule and corrective action plan for each item is provided in Attachment

1. The Inspection Report also noted items of a programmatic concern. The corrective actions taken to date and the plan to resolve these corrective action,. configuration management and engineering calculation process issues are provided in Attachment
2. This plan includes provisions to 1) conduct a root cause evaluation of uncompleted corrective action resulting from the internal Electrical Distribution System Functional Assessment, 2) evaluate the applicability of the Inspection Report's results and findings to other plant systems and components, and 3) assess their impact on our earlier response to the NRC's 10 CFR50.54(f) request for information dated October 9, 1996. A summary of the commitments made to resolve issues identified . in the Inspection

\ Report is provided in Attachment

3. Additionally, we are addressing discrepancies and weaknesses identified in the Inspection Report, but not included in the cover letter or Appendix A. These items have been . assigned to responsible individuals for resolution, action plans are being developed and the items are being tracked in our corrective action program . -*. r, 9807160247 980709280.

PDR ADOCK 05000 G PDR ;( (,0 \ \,-*' /

  • *
  • We have no objection to this letter being made part of the public record. Please contact us if you have any questions or require additional information.

Very truly yours, Senior Vice President

-Nuclear Attachments cc: US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Atlanta Federal Center 61 Forsyth Street, S.W., Suite 23T85 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Mr. R. A. Musser NRG Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station

  • *
  • SERIAL NO.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 CORRECTIVE ACTION PLANS FOR UNRESOLVED ITEMS AND INSPECTOR FOLLOW-UP ITEMS
  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-01 IFI LHSI Pump NPSH (Section E1 .2.1.2(d))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 "The most limiting case for the NPSH available to the LHSI pumps was determined to be at the time of switchover to cold leg recirculation from the containment sump. The most limiting accident scenario was the double-ended pump suction guillotine (DEPSG) break with minimum safeguards and maximum SI single train flow. These calculations determined that the available NPSH of 16.7 ft at the time of switchover to recirculation phase exceeded the required NPSH. of 15.8 ft (.9 ft NPSH margin). To justify the available NPSH of 16.7 ft, a containment overpressure of 12 ft and a containment water height of 4.2 ft was credited.

The team noted that the use of containment overpressure, which is the difference of containment pressure and sump vapor pressure, has generally not been encouraged by the NRG as indicated in Regulatory Guide 1.1, "Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Heat Removal System Pumps" and NUREG 800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 6.2.2. However, in the various correspondences held between the NRG and Virginia Electric & Power Company (VEPCo) during the period from 1977 to 1978, the team found that VEPCo had always credited the use of containment overpressure in determining the available NPSH for the LHSI pump. Based on the small amount of NPSH margin available to the LHSI pumps, and because there is a potential negative impact on pump NPSH from containment sump screen blockage, which is discussed in the RS system review (Section E.1.3.1.2(c)), the team identified the determination of available NPSH to the LHSI pump as an Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-01." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The existing analysis results for Low Head Safety Injection (LHSI) pump available Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) demonstrate that conditions are sufficient for the pumps to perform their safety-related function.

This determination is based upon conservative analyses of the large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) design basis accident scenario which establishes the most demanding conditions for core an*d containment heat removal from the LHSI pumps. The limiting scenario has been established by prior analysis sensitivity studies as a double-ended guillotine break in the pump suction piping. The analysis of NPSH for the LHSI pumps employs conservatisms of the following type: Page 1 of 46

, ** * * ------------------------

  • Scenario development . Break flow model, break size and location Loss of offsite power Limiting single active failure
  • Key modeling assumptions Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 Core decay heat _is* calculated using ANS Standard ANSI/ANS-5 1979 plus
  • 2 sigma uncertainty Use of pressure flash break effluent model, which assumes fluid expands at constant enthalpy to the containment total pressure.

Saturated vapor goes* to atmosphere; saturated

  • liquid goes to sump (unmixed with atmosphere)
  • Limiting values of key analysis parameters Maximum Containment Spray (CS), Inside Recirculation Spray (IRS) and Outside Recirculation Spray (ORS) spray thermal efficiency Minimum Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST ) Water Volume Maximum RWST Level Setpoint for Recirculation Mode Transfer (RMT) Maximum RWST Temperature Minimum Service Water (Service Water) Flowrate Maximum Service Water Temperature Maximum Containment Bulk Average Temperature Minimum Containment Initial Air Partial Pressure Minimum IRS and ORS Flowrate (assumed for heat removal) Maximum LHSI flowrate for establishing required NPSH Minimum CS Flowrate The existing recirculation spray and LHSI pump NPSH analysis for Surry takes credit for. containment pressure during the design basis LOCA to provide a part of the available NPSH. The calculation method uses the modeling and parameter assumptions listed above to obtain a conservative prediction of containment pressure (underestimated) and the sump water temperature (overestimated) transients.

The containment response analysis minimizes the energy release to the containment atmosphere and maximizes the energy release to the sump water. This is accomplished by employing conservative modeling (pressure flash model) of the break mass and . energy releases in the LOCTIC containment response computer code. Virginia Power summarized the analysis results and approach concerning use of containment overpressure in the response to Generic Letter 97-04 (Reference 1 ). Reference 1 indicated that this approach is consistent with existing regulatory guidance for plants with subatmospheric containments, as described in NUREG-0800, Section 6.2.2. The existing analysis approach, which credits a conservative transient analysis for containment overpressure, was first employed during 1977, following notification from SWEC of inadequacies in the analysis and system design of the recirculation spray and low head safety injection subsystems.

There were numerous letters between VEPCO and NRC during 1977 and 1978 addressing the analyses and proposed modifications to Page 2 of 46 I I

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 resolve the NPSH issue for Surry. The NPSH analysis methodology was the subject of March 2, 1998 meeting with several of the NRG inspectors during the recent Surry A/E inspection.

Several key letters relating to licensing of this approach for Surry were provided to the inspectors following this meeting and are summarized*

in Table 1. This correspondence indicates that NRG staff was aware of Virginia Power's methodology to credit containment overpressure and found these methods and calculation results acceptable for Surry. The NPSH analysis results reported in Reference 1 are among the analyses submitted with the Surry core power uprating request (Reference

2) and are currently reflected in Tables 6.2-12 and 6.2-13 of the Surry UFSAR for the safety injection and recirculation spray pumps, respectively.

During the fall of 1997, an assessment was performed for changes which involved removal of concrete heat sinks and relaxation of the recalibration/recertification schedules for certain containment RTDs used in monitoring key parameter initial conditions.

These changes modified the reported NPSH results from the previously submitted uprating analysis.

This assessment, which represents a sensitivity and supplements the prior analysis, was implemented under the provisions of 1 OCFR50.59.

The UFSAR updates, which reflect the revised results, have been approved by the Station Nuclear Safety and Operating Committee (SNSOC) and are being incorporated into the UFSAR. COMPLETION SCHEDULE No further action is needed with regard to the issue of crediting a conservatively derived containment overpressure for pump NPSH analysis.

With regard to the impact on pump NPSH from sump screen blockage, Virginia Power has included evaluation of the effects of sump screen blockage on LHSI and RS pump suction head losses in the actions identified to address item IFl-98-201-20 (Unqualified Coatings).

REFERENCES

1. Letter from James P. O'Hanlon to USNRC, "Virginia Electric and Power Company-Surry Power Station Units 1 and 2, North Anna Power Station Units 1 and 2-Response to NRC Generic Letter 97-04, Assurance of Sufficient Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Heat Removal," Serial No. 97-594A, 12/29/97.
2. Letter from ;James -,p_ O'Han1on to *usNRC, "Virginra Electric*

and Power Company-Surry Power Station Units 1 and 2-Proposed Technical Specifications Changes to Accommodate Core Uprating," Serial No.94-509, 8/30/94 . Page 3 of 46 Table 1 Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1

  • Licensing Correspondence Concerning NPSH Analysis Methods & Overpressure Credit Item 1 2 3 4
  • 5 6
  • Document Description Section 6.2.2 of the Standard Review Plan. VEPCO 10-15-70 and 3-15-71 response to AEC question 6.11 VEPCO 8/20/77 submittal (Serial No. 362) justifying continued operation with less than the desired. NPSH tff the recirculation spray pumps. NRC 8/20/77 Safety Evaluation for the NPSH problem at Surry .. VEPCO . 8/24/77 submittal (Serial No. 366) transmitting the detailed report of tests and analyses for the NPSH issue. NRC Order for Modification of License dated 8/24/77. Purpose N/A. This response provides the formula used for calculating the NPSHa and . specifically states that credit is taken for pressurization of the containment.

This submittal provides documentation from the pump manufacturer to indicate that the pumps will continue to operate to a minimum NPSH of 7 feet. Documents NRC awareness of the identified problem with the NPSHa as a result of new considerations in the overall thermodynamic model. In this SE, the NRC specifically acknowledges that, "The calculated pressure of the containment and the temperature of the water that accumulates

  • in the containment sump are important parameters in determining recirculation cooling pump operability following a LOCA with regard to available NPSH. These terms in combination with the pump static head and associated line losses establish available NPSH during the transient." Documents that adequate NPSH would be available for the I RS pumps but not the . ORS pumps during a LOCA. (Adequate safety is assured by the inside pumps). Commits to installing flow-limiting orifices in the discharge of the outside recirculation spray pumps. Requested additional analysis from * *vEPCO on *the NPSH issue. Also, the N RC again specifically acknowledged that, "The calculated pressure of the containment and the temperature of the water that accumulates in the containment sump are important parameters in determining recirculation cooling pump operability followinq a Page 4 of 46
  • 7 8 *
  • VEPCO 9/12/77 submittal (Serial No. 382/082477) providing the
  • analyses requested in the N RC order of 8/24/77. NRC Order for Modification of License dated 10/17177.

Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 LOCA with regard to available NPSH. These terms in combination with the* pump static head and associated line losses establish available NPSH during the transient." This submittal provides the requested curves showing the response of containment total pressure, containment vapor pressure, available NPSH, sump water level, and sump water vapor pressure.

The NRC specifically states that for the analyses submitted on 9/12/77, "The methods used to calculate the containment pressure, containment sump temperature, and available NPSH have been reviewed for the North Anna plant and found to be acceptable.

The same methods were used in calculations for Surry." Page 5 of 46 ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-02 Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1

  • FINDING TYPE IFI *
  • DESCRIPTION Error in Calculation SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup" (Section E1 .2.1.2(d))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION

  • "Calculation SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup," Revision 1 failed to account for some of the water volume lost over a period of time from the containment floor. This error resulted in derivation of containment water height which was greater than that would actually occur during an accident.

SM-1047 identified the various sources which added water to the containment and the paths which drained water from. the containment floor. The team's purpose of reviewing SM-1047 was to verify that the containment flood height values used in calculation 01039.6210-US-(B)-107, "Containment LOCA Analysis for Core Uprate," Revision O was conservative

.. Calculation 01039.621O-US-(B)-107 was used to determine the NPSH requirements for the IRS, OR~ and LHSI pumps. The team found that SM-1047 did not account for loss of water from the containment floor to the reactor cavity. Approximately 9 percent of the containment spray flow would be lost to the refueling canal which drained to the reactor cavity. Because SM-1047 was revised near the end of the inspection period, the team did not have an opportunity to review the latest SM-1047-calculation.

The team identified review of SM-1047 and comparison of SM-1047 results to calculation 01039.621O-US-(B)-107 as an lnspectio_n Followup Item 50-280/98-201-02." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Calculation SM-1047, Revision*

2, was issued on March 18, 1998 to address this diversion of water and several other issues which were raised by Westinghouse Nuclear Safety Advisory Letter, NSAL-97-009, 11 Containment Sump Volume lssues, 11 dated October 27, 1997. The following summarizes the results of Calculation SM-104 7, Revision 2, as compared with the results of calculation 01039.6210-US(B)-107.

The purpose of SM-1047, Revision 2, is to determine the water holdup in the reactor cavity after a LOCA. The limiting cases for IRS, ORS and LHSI NPSH are considered.

This calculation evaluated the effects of the following phenomena on the available safeguards pumps Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) following a design basis Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA): 1) -holdup of-spray-water in *the *reactor cavity; 2) recirculation spray piping fill volume; 3) draining condensate films on passive heat sinks in containment;

4) suspended spray droplets in the containment atmosphere.

Based on the calculation results, the following penalties must be applied to the current NPSH available results from calculation 01039.621O-US(B)-107.

These penalties reflect the integrated effects of the phenomena listed above .

  • Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps (ORS): -0.15ft Page 6 of 46
  • * *
  • Inside Recirculation Spray Pumps (IRS):
  • Low Head Safety Injection Pumps (LHSI): -0.16 ft -0.17 ft Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 The NPSH available, taking into account these minor penalties, remains acceptable for the IRS, ORS and LHSI pumps. In addition, the phenomena addressed in this calculation have no impact on containment peak pressure, containment depressurization time, containment subatmospheric peak pressure or reported doses for the e.xclusion area boundary or low population zone. Changes to the Surry UFSAR are required.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE The required UFSAR changes to reflect the calculated NPSH analysis penalties will be incorporated into the Surry Safety Injection (SI) system UFSAR change packages compiled under the Design and Licensing Basis Integrated Review program. The UFSAR changes associated with the Safety Injection System, are to be incorporated*

into the UFSAR by August 31, 1998 . Page 7 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Unit 2 LHSI Pump Minimum Flow (Section E1 .2.1.2(g))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team had concerns with the design of the Unit 2 SI system to be able provide adequate minimum flow for continuous LHSI pump operation.

The team's review of P&los* (11448-FM-089A, sh 1, Rev. 53, sh 2, rev 46 and sh 3, Rev. 46) found that the SI system piping configuration was such that there was a potential for pump-to-pump interaction if the discharge pressure of one LHSI pump was stronger than. the other pump. Because of the location of the miniflow line which was downstream of the check valves in the pump discharge header, there was a potential for the check valve associated with the weaker pump to become backseated by the higher discharge pressure of the stronger LHSI pump. This would result in *a loss of pump miniflow for the weaker LHSI pump and operation of the pump in a dead-headed condition.

Parallel operation of the LHSI pumps would be a concern during those accident scenarios where the LHSI pumps would start and operate but would not immediately inject into the reactor coolant system (RCS). For a small break LOCA, both LHSI pumps would start, but since the reactor coolant pressure was high the pumps would operate in parallel in the minimum flow mode. In this situation, the operators would secure one of the LHSI pumps if RCS pressure was greater than 185 psig per step 13 of the emergency operating procedure (EOP), E-0. According to licensee, the operators would reach step 13 in the EOP no later than 30 minutes into the accident The licensee agreed with the team's concern that the SI system design was such that there was a potential for dead-heading the SI pumps. Because the licensee had not ever measured individual LHSI pump flow with both LHSI_ pumps operating in parallel, the engineers performed an evaluation ME-0375, "LHSI Pumps Minimum Flow Recirculation to RWST With No Flow to. Reactor Coolant System During Small Break LOCA," Revision 0, Addendum A to assess this condition.

ME-0375 determined that. the flow division for the Unit 1 LHSI pumps was satisfactory and above t~e minimum flow recommended by the pump manufacturer.

the pump vendor, Byron Jackson, had informed the licensee in their 8 July 1988 letter that a minimum flow of 150 gpm was originally specified for the LHSI pumps. Th~ evaluation indicated that the flow between the Unit 1 LHSI pumps were evenly *balanced with 52 percent of the total flow (201 gpm) being provided by one of the LHSI pumps and the remainder, 48 percent of total flow or 182 gpm, being provided by the second LHSI pump. Evaluation ME-0375 also showed that the flow division between the Unit 2 LHSI pumps did not ensure minimum pump flow requirements through both pumps. The evaluation calculated that there was a flowrate of about 95 percent (359 gpm) through the stronger Page 8 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 pump with the remainder of flo~ (5 percent or about 18gpm) going through the weaker ,Unit 2 LHSI pump. Because the weaker Unit 2 LHSI pump (2SI-P-1A) could not provide the minimum pump flow of 150 gpm when both LHSI pumps were operating in parallel, the licensee performed an evaluation ET.CME 98-014, "Evaluation of Operation of LHSI Pumps Recirculating to the RWST," Rev. 02, March 24, 1998, to determine the operability of the 2SI-P-1A pump. The licensee concluded that the 2SI-P-1A pump was operable based on the following:
  • There was documented evidence to demonstrate that the LHSI pumps have accumulated about 65 minutes of operation in low flow conditions with no observable adverse effect on their performance.

The licensee conducted a review of past LHSI pump operation and found that there had been about seven instances of SI actuations in which the LHSI pumps had operated in the minimum recirculation flow mode. The maximum documented SI duration was for 25 minutes on February 2, 1975. *

  • A review of periodic surveillance tests and work orders for the 2SI-P-1A pump showed that the pump performance had not degraded, and pump vibration readings
  • were normal. * "Flashing" at the low flow condition of 18 gpm was calculated to occur at around 60 minutes into the low flow condition.

Under the scenario where both LHSI pumps were operating under minimum flow conditions, the licensee estimated that the operators would secure one of the LHSI pump within 30 minutes into this event. The licensee estimate of 30 minutes was based on the time it would take the operators to reach a section in the EOP which required operators to make a decision on whether both LHSI pumps were necessary.

The team agreed that operator intervention to secure one of the two Unit 1 LHSI pumps within 30 minutes to preclude the potential for pump-to-pump interaction was a reasonable resolution to this design deficiency.

However, the team needed to review. the licensee's long term resolution to the pump-to-pump interaction issue with the Unit 2 LHSI pumps. The team concluded that lack of test data which demonstrated pump operability with significantly reduced minflow and the pump's inability to pass vendor recommended mitiflow were potential operability concerns.

The licensee issued DR 98-0660 to take corrective actions. The team identified the licensee's long term resolution to the Unit 2 LHSI pump minimum flow issue as URI 50-281/98-201-03.

The team also determined that the licensee's response to IE Bulletin 88-04 was inadequate in that their response (VEPCo letter of August 8, 1988, serial no. 88-275A) failed to identify that there was pump-to-pump interaction issue associated with the Unit 2 LHSI pumps which could result in near dead.:headed condition for the 2SI-P-1A pump." Page 9 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 The two Low Head Safety Injection (LHSI) pumps for each unit share a common recirculation line to the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST). The recirculation line ensures that there is a flow path for the pumps in the event that the pumps are started when Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure is greater than the shutoff head of the pumps. This can occur during injection phase following a Small Break LOCA or following the receipt of an erroneous SI initiation signal. The recirculation line is also used to perform quarterly testing of the pumps. Westinghouse indicated in a letter that the LHSI pumps purchased for Surry Power Station had very flat Total Developed Head (TOH) curves and pointed out that there might be a problem operating the two LHSI pumps in parallel discharging to the RWST through the common minimum flow recirculation line. In 1988, a test was performed on the Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps in response to the Westinghouse letter. The test ran each pump individually on recirculation and gathered information on flow, head and vibrations, then ran the two pumps in parallel and gathered information on flow and head, to determine if a strong/weak pump relationship exists. The test demonstrated that there was little difference between the performance of the two pumps and, thus, the ability of the two LHSI pumps to operate in parallel discharging through a common recirculation line without one pump deadheading the other. The vibration data, taken on the pumps operating individually on both recirculation lines, was well within specification.

No vibration data was taken while the two pumps were running in parallel.

The results of the tests were forwarded to Byron Jackson (BW/IP), the original supplier of the LHSI pumps, for their evaluation.

BW/IP confirmed that the existing Surry LHSI pump miniflow lines are adequate for . parallel and single pump operation based on current operating practices and repair history, but cautioned against operation with a pump discharge valve* shut. The manufacturer pointed out that the original minimum recircul.ation flow for the LHSI pumps was 150 gpm per pump, based only on thermal concerns.

They now recommend a minimum recirculation flow of about 30 percent of rated flow to address hydraulic instabilities as well as thermal concerns, if the pump is to be run for extended periods of time (i.e., hours) on the recirculation line. BW/IP pointed out that since the head capacity curve for the Surry LHSI pumps are essentially flat for flow rates of less than 500 gpm, it is possible for one pump to reduce the flow through the companion pump to levels less than 150 gpm in a circumstance where one pump was severely limited in capacity because of excessive wear or some other factor. NRG IE Bulletin 88-04, was issued on May 5, 1988. The NRG IE Bulletin requested: " ... all licensees to investigate and correct as applicable two miniflow design concerns.

The first concern involves the potential for the dead-heading of one or more pumps in safety-related systems that have a miniflow line common to two or Page 10 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 more pumps or other piping. configurations that do not preclude pump-to-pump interaction during miniflow operation.

A second concern is whether or not the . installed miniflow capacity is adequate for even a single pump in operation." Engineering evaluated the LHSI pump recirculation lines and forwarded the results of the evaluation in a Technical Report to Surry Power Station on August 8, 1988. Information in the report was included in the Virginia Power reply to the NRG on IE

  • Bulletin 88-04. Since the miniflow recirculation line for the two LHSI pumps was originally sized for thermal protection rather than to preclude possible hydraulic instabilities, Virginia Power conservatively determined that the Surry LHSI system design would not support continuous operation in dual pump configuration.

However, it was concluded that the design of the LHSI system is adequate for the modes and duration of operation.

expected under normal and accident conditions.

Because the piping configuration for the LHSI

  • miniflow recirculation line does not preclude pump interaction during parallel operation, and the LOGA analysis assumes only one operating LHSI pump, it was further concluded that, if conditions warranted, the second LHSI pump can be secured. As a result of an NRG commitment in NRG IE Bulletin 88-04, Virginia Power performed an evaluation of a small break LOGA scenario on the simulator to verify that the Surry Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) adequately address and, therefore, minimize operation of the LHSI pumps in the recirculation mode. It was determined that an emergency procedure revision was necessary to ensure that one LHSI pump will be secured within 30 minutes when operating in parallel with low flow conditions.

The EOP was revised to secure one LHSI pump during recirculation only flow conditions.

Discussion As a result of the NRG A/E Inspection*

questions, which relate to operation of the Surry LHSI pumps on the minimum flow recirculation line to the RWST, Engineering has evaluated Virginia Power's previous responses to NRG IE Bulletin 88-04. Building on the test that was conducted in 1988, Mechanical Engineering prepared a calculation to confirm the conclusions drawn from the test. The original vendor witness curves for the Unit 1 pumps were reviewed.

The curves show that the Unit 1 pumps are well matched at flows less than 500 gpm, so deadheading of one pump by the other is not a concern when operating in parallel with flow directed to the RWST through the recirculation line. T~e calculational results indicate that the flow split for these two pumps when

  • recirculating to the RWST is about 52% for the strong pump. and 48% for the weak pump. Thus, both pumps will flow at least the 150 gpm recommended by the pump vendor. Also, the recent pump test data for the two Unit 1 pumps confirm that the pump heads have not degraded.

The analysis supports the conclusion that the minimum flow recirculation line for Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps is adequate for the modes and duration of operation expected under normal and accident conditions.

Page 11 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 No parallel operation testing was performed on the Unit 2 pumps in 1988, as it was assumed that the Unit 1 configuration was typical for both units. However, a review of the Surry Unit 2 LHSI pump curves indicates that these pumps are not as well matche*d as the Unit 1 pumps at flows less than 500 gpm. The original vendor witness curves for the Unit 2 pumps were revjewed.

The curves show that 2-SI-P-1A is a "weak" pump with a Total Developed Head (TOH) at shutoff about 5 1 feet less than 2-SI-P-1 B. The stronger 'B' pump will provide the majority of the recirculation flow at flows less than 350 gpm. Calculational results indicate that the flow split for these two pumps when recirculating to the RWST is about 95% for the strong pump and 5% for the weak pump. Because the recirculation flow for the 'A' pump would be much less than that recommended by the vendor, further review of the history of the pump's performance and maintenance was conducted.

It was found that the 5-foot difference in TOH between pumps 2-SI-P-1A and 2-SI-P-1B has existed since original installation and is not the result of degradation of pump P-1A. In addition, recent pump test data for the Unit 2 pumps confirm that the pump heads have not degraded or significantly diverged from the original performance.

A review of the operating history* and maintenance records for the Unit 2 LHSI pumps was then performed.

A review of operating history since Surry startup revealed that there have been about seven SI activations for Unit 2 with the RCS at operating pressure.

During each of these activations, both pumps started aligned to recirculate to the RWST with no feed forward to the RC system. Records indicate that for the inadvertent SI activations on 2/2/75 (duration 25 minutes), 8/22/80 (duration 9 minutes), 10/10/82 (duration 16 minutes), 3/27/88 (duration 6 minutes), and 8/2/91 (duration 9 minutes), the Unit 2 LHSI pumps operated in parallel recirculating to the RWST for a total of 65 minutes. It should be noted that the operating times reported are minimum times since the log e_ntries record only the initiation of SI and SI reset, not the time when the LHSI pumps were secured. Once the reset is* accomplished, initial operator attention is directed toward securing HHSi' flow and returning the Charging/HHS!

pumps to their normal alignment.

Therefore, the actual elapsed time from SI initiation until the LHSI pumps were secured was longer and may have exceeded 30 minutes for the early SI activations.

It would be expected that in response to an actual SB LOCA, one of the LHSI pumps would be secured in less than the times noted above for the inadvertent SI activation.

The EOPs require that one LHSI pump will be secured when operating in parallel with low flow conditions.

In correspondence with the NRC in response to IEB 88_.04, we indicated that this action would take place in less than 30 minutes. However, discussions with Surry Training indicates that for normal training scenarios, the second LHSI pump is secured in 10 to 15 minutes and that for more complicated training scenarios, the second LHSI purnp is secured in 15 to 20 minutes . Page 12 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 A review of work orders for Sur~ Unit 2 LHSI weak pump, 2-SI-P-1A, since unit startup has shown that the pump has not been pulled for maintenance on the rotating elements since 1980, when modifications were made to their suction bell which resulted from model testing of the North Anna LHSI pumps. Periodic test data fpr the past several years indicates that pump performance has not degraded and pump vibration readings have been normal. Since the data seems to contradict conventional wisdom that damage to the pump is likely at very low recirculation flows, a review of the installed configuration was performed to identify any design or operating features that would mitigate the effects of low flow operation.

Pump Design The Surry LHSI pumps are Byron Jackson (BW/IP) Model 18CKXH two stage vertical pumps. The pumps outer casing is a cylinder about 53 feet long encased in concrete with a 12 inch suction connection located about 7 feet from the bottom of the pump casing and a mounting flange for the pump assembly at the top. It can be seen from the pump vendor drawings that the pump is of a robust design. The pump has a 2.187 inch diameter shaft. Shaft bearings are included at the tail shaft, between the two stages, at the outlet of the 2nd stage, as well as at intermediate points on the vertical shaft. This arrangement of bearings provides a high degree of stability to the impellers.

Running clearances of the wear rings are greater than those of the bearings.

The combination of multiple bearings in the pumping section and large wear ring clearances results in a pump that is very tolerant of conditions that might cause rubbing of the wear rings. The pump discharge column connects the discharge from the pump 2nd stage to the pump discharge head assembly and supports the non-rotating portions of the pump. The pump operates at 1800 RPM and has stainless steel impellers that are designed to produce the rated flow with a required NPSH of only 17 .5 Ft. Operating Conditions Case 1 -Low Flow Through The Pump In a low flow* situation we would normally expect flow recirculation within the pump impeller which could increase pump vibrations and, if the pumps operate for long periods at low flows, the temperature of the water in the pump could increase enough to flash. However, during the inadvertent SI activations discussed above or during any postulated SB LOCA, the two LHSI pumps are *recirculating to the* RWST pumping cold water (45°F) and are operated with about 108 foot head on the pump suction (TS minimum RWST level to pump suction 1 sT stage impeller centerline elevation).

The saturation temperature at this pressure is about 295°F. Since the LHSI pump supply from the RWST is at 45 degrees and is designed for operating temperatures of 230°F, we can stand a substantial temperature rise across the pump with no concern for bearing or wear ring clearances.

Page 13 of 46

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 1 _Since the LHSI pump casing is encased in concrete, which is buried in the ground, the water initially inside the pump casing would be at the ground temperature of about 55°F. After the pump starts, the replacement water from the RWST will be at a temperature of 45°F. Therefore, at a flow of 18 gpm through the pump, we would expect an initial temperature rise of the water across the pump impellers from 55°F to about 102°F. The design temperature of the LHSI pump is 230°F so the 102°F temperature is well within the design temperature of the pump. Also, since the *saturation temperature of the water at the 1st stage impeller is about 295°F, due to the. static head of water from the RWST, we would not expect flashing in the pump suction. A calculation of the temperature distribution in the pump after 30 minutes was performed assuming heat transfer from the water in the pump discharge column to the water in the pump casing outside the column. The calculation assumes that all heat from the motor horsepower.

at pump shutoff head is used to heat the water in the pump bowls and that no heat is transferred to the surrounding concrete.

Also, the cooling effect of the 45°F water coming in from the RWST is ignored. For these conditions, the bulk temperature of the water in the pump discharge column would be about 135°F and the temperature in the pump casing outside the column would be about 101°F. Again, this temperature is well within the design temperature of the pump. This would explai.n why the pump has not sustained any damage at the calculated flow of approximately 18 gpm . Case 2 -No Flow Through The Pump Although performance data and calculations indicate that there would be flow through the "weak" pump, there are sufficient uncertainties in both such that it cannot be shown conclusively.that there is flow through the 'A' pump when operated in parallel with the 'B' pump on the recirculation line. Therefore, an evaluation was performed to consider this possibility

.. As mentioned above, water is supplied to the LHSI pumps from the RWST so the pressure at the pump suction due to the static head between the RWST and pump suction elevations is 47.4 psig (62.1 psia). The saturation temperature at 62'. 1 psia is 295°F, so we would expect flashing in the pump casing when the water. in the casing reaches this temperature.

If the temperature inside the pump increases 68.6°F/min due to energy added to the water in the pump by the motor, the time required to flash the water in the pump bowls would be 3.5 minutes. It appears that water inside the pump bowls would flash to steam in about 3:5 minutes if there was no flow through the pump. However, we have experienced parallel operation of the pumps as a result of SI activations ranging from at least 6 minutes to in excess of 25 minutes for Unit 2, and have not experienced failure or damage to the pumps. The explanation for this again lies with the design and installed configuration of the pump. Because this is a vertical pump, and there are large columns of relatively cool Page 14 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 water on both the suction and t_he discharge sides of the pump, any voids caused by flashing in the pump bowl are rapidly filled. In the absence of actual flow through the pump, natural circulation currents would be created in the discharge column and casing since the heat addition is at the bottom of the pump. These currents will rapidly remove the heat from the pump bowls and, thus, minimize voiding. As noted above, the bulk t_emperature of water in the pump discharge column would only reach approximately 135°F in 30 minutes, the maximum time required to secure one LHSI pump. The effects of vibrations caused by voiding are mitigated by the robust design* of the bearings and, therefore, rubbing of the wear rings is prevented.

Because the pump operates relatively slowly (1800 RPM) and is designed to operate with a relatively low required NPSH at design flow (17.5 Ft.), voiding in the pump does not cause impeller damage characteristic of high-energy cavitation.

Instead, the impeller would be subject

  • to long-term erosion, which is not a concern for the short period of operation described here. Following the period of parallel operation, the weaker 'A' pump is either shut down and potentially restarted later, or the stronger 'B' pump is shut down and the 'A' pump has exclusive use of the recircula~ion flow path. In either case, the pump is expected to operate normally and fulfill its safety function.

Therefore, it could be concluded that: There has been some flow through the "weak" 2-SI-P-1A pump during the past SI activations, (and will be in the future since testing of the pumps have not shown any degradation of the pump performance) and this low flow was. sufficient to prevent flashing in the suction and damage to the pump, .or We have operated the "weak" 2-SI-P-1A pump at shutoff with nc;, flow and the robust design of the pump and its installed configuration mitigates any effects of void_ing in the pump bowl. There was no short-term damage as a result of the operation.

Conclusions Calculations recently performed confirm the conclusion of the 1988 Engineering Report, that the minimum flow recirculation line for Surry Unit 1 LHSI pumps is adequate for the modes and duration of operation expected under normal and accident conditions.

However, this is only because the pumps are currently well matched. A change of only a few feet of TOH on one pump would result in a flow imbalance in Unit 1 similar to Unit 2. The Surry Unit 2 LHSI pumps are not as well matched as the Unit 1 pumps at flows less than 500 gpm. Calculations show that the 'A' LHSI pump is subjected to less than the recommended minimum flow when both pumps are operated in parallel using only the recirculation flow path. Operating history of the SI system since Unit 2 startup and maintenance history of the "weak" LHSI pump (2-SI-P-1A), which has operated for Page 15 of 46

  • *
  • ATIACHMENT 1 periods from 9 minutes to in ex_cess of 25 minutes on recirculation in parallel with the strong pump, has demonstrated that it can operate in this mode for the expected period of time during a SBLOCA without damage. Results from 2-0PT-Sl-005, LHSI Pump Test (quarterly periodic tests on minimum recirculation to the RWST) and the most recent periodic test for pump 2-SI-P-1A from 2-0PT-Sl-002, Refueling Test of the Low Head Safety Injection Check Valves to the Cold Leg, (tests at full flow injecting to the RC System during refueling outage) confirm that pump 2-SI-P-1A has not degraded and will supply the LHSI flows assumed in current LOCA analysis.

Based on the above information, it is concluded that the Surry Unit 2 LHSI pumps are capable of performing their intended function.

Resolution Although the LHSI pumps are operable, a modification package will be prepared to address the susceptibility of the LHSI Pumps to interaction during periods when the pumps are operated in parallel on the recirculation flowpath with no forward flow. At a minimum, the modification will relocate the recirculation line tie-in for each pump from their present position, in a common line downstream of the pump discharge check valve, fo a point upstream of the check valve. This will. prevent the potential situation where a "strong" pump has exclusive use of both recirculation lines and the associated "weak" pump is operated with low flow. The modification package will be implemented during the 1999 Refueling Outage for Unit 2 and the 2000 Refueling Outage for Unit 1 . In addition, a review of Virginia Power's response to NRC IEB 88-04 (both Stations) will be conducted to assess the thoroughness of the response and, thus, ensure that there are no other pumps that are susceptible to .Potentially harmful interactions.

This review will be completed by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE A modification package will be implemented during .the 1999 Refueling Outage for Unit . 2 and the 2000 Refueling Outage for Unit 1 to resolve the susceptibility of the LHSI Pumps to interaction during periods when the pumps are operated in parallel on the recirculation flowpath.

Virginia Power's evaluations performed in response to NRC IEB 88-04 will be reviewed to ensure that there are no other invalid assumptions regarding pumps that are susceptible to potentially harmful interactions.

This review will . be completed by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary . Page 16 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE 50-280/98-201-04 IFI Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 DESCRIPTION Motor Thermal Overload for 1-S 1-P-1 B Pump (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (d)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team reviewed the safety evaluation which was used to document the replacement of 1-St-1 P-B motor performed under work order EWR 88-072. The* original 250 HP motor for LHSI pump, 1-SI-P-18, was replaced with a larger 300 HP motor. The replacement motor required a minimum starting voltage of 75 percent at the motor terminals compared to the original motor that required 70 percent voltage. Calculation EE-0034, "Surry Voltage Profiles," Rev. 01 determined that adequate voltage was available at the motor terminals to enable the motor to start. However, calculation EE-0038, "Electrical Power Review of 1-SI-P-18 Motor Replacement", Rev. 0, determined that adequate motor thermal overload protection at the higher current ranges could not be provided for the replacement motor with the existing breaker. The safety evaluation concluded that due to limitations of the operating*

bandwidth of the overcurrent protection device, the thermal protection of the motor could not be assured under certain conditions.

The licensee stated that providing adequate thermal

  • protection was not as critical as ensuring that the 1-SI-P-1 B pump would start and operate when required.

The team's review of the SI pump thermal protection issue will be an Inspection Followup Item 50-280/9.8-201-04." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE As stated above, providing adequate*

thermal protection is not as critical as ensuring that the Safety Injection (SI) pump starts and operates when required.

The -bandwidth associated with the *overcurrent protective device for. the 1-SI-P-1 B motor does not . . permit 100% thermal protection of the motor under short circuit/locked rotor conditions.

Assuring starting and running capability for the motor, as opposed to providing motor thermal protection, is proper for a motor as important to the plant safety analysis as the Low Head Safety Injection pump. It has been determined that improvements can be made which will continue to assure operation while providing full range thermal protection of the motor. The operability of-the motor*is*unaffected*by*the1ack of-complete protection.

The motor may experience greater damage during a short circuit/locked rotor condition than if the trip device had removed the motor from service. In either case, the motor is no longer available due to this single failure condition.

The existing protection is designed to ensure the continued operation of the pump/motor, during all normal and accident conditions, in order to perform its safety function . Page 17 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 The short circuit/locked rotor protection concerns associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B motor will be resolved by revising Calculation EE-0497 to specify new Long Time Delay/ Instantaneous (LTD/INST) trip settings for the breaker. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be written to implement the new LTD/INST trip settings by modifying or replacing the breaker, as required, associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor. COMPLETION SCHEDULE Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. The Design Change Package (DCP) to. install the new LTD/INST trip settings by modifying or replacing the breaker, as required, associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor, will be implemented by June *30, 1999 . Page 18 of 46
  • *
  • 50-280/98-201-05 IFI Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Adequacy of 4160 VAC Electrical Cables to Withstand Fault Current (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (e)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team determined that #1 and #2 AWG cable sizes which were used to supply electrical power to the high head. safety injection, auxiliary feedwater, component cooling water and residual heat removal pump motor loads from the 4160 V AC bus were not adequately sized to carry the fault current on the 4160 VAC bus. The team was concerned with the potential damage to the cables before the breakers could operate and isolate the fault. The team reviewed a preliminary evaluation performed by the licensee to determine the cable conductor temperature rise due to exposure to the available fault current, and concluded that either the up-stream breaker would operate to isolate the fault or the cable conductor would fail. Although the cables in question are per original design, because of the possibility of cable failure from fault currents, the team identified the acceptability of this cable design as Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-05." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Power agrees that documented verification of the ability of 4160 VAC_ cables to withstand postulated fault currents will add to our confidence in our original design. To determine the adequacy of 4160 VAC electrical cables to withstand fault current, two types of faults are considered.

They are ground faults and three phase faults. Ground faults, which are most likely to occur of the two postulated faults, are. not a

  • problem since their short circuit current will be limited by the distribution system grounding resistance.

This is true since these faults could be caused by either a phase to ground short in a motor winding or by a local cable insulation failure which would result in a single phase to ground fault. Three phase faults, while assumed to be least probable, will generate the highest short circuit current. For our specific application, the cable sizes involved will either vaporize or quickly melt. In either case, existing overcurrent devices are set to interrupt the fault in approximately 5 cycles. This short duration is not believed to be long enough to support the ignition of the cable. We have discussed this issue with Stone and Webster, and based on their experience from testing cable und~r similar overload conditions, the cables do riot instantaneously ignite. A sustained overcurrent condition must exist for ignition to occur . Page 19 of 46

'* * *

  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 In order to further assess this situation, cables from Emergency Bus 1 H were analyzed . These cables are typical for each of the other Emergency Buses. Cables affected were: 1H4PH1 1H5PH1 1H6PH1 1H7PH1 1H10PH1 1H11PH1 Triplex #2 aluminum 220' 3/C #1 aluminum 200' 3/C #1
  • feeder for the Component Cooling pump feeder for the Residual Heat Removal . Pump The EDG feeder cable was neglected since they are also larger than the minimum size discussed in the original portion of the response.

Breaker operating times of 5 cycles were conservatively used. Acceptable conductor temperature per the EPRI guide book is 250 degrees Celsius. Per IEEE 242-1986, the* minimum size aluminum conductor fed from 4 KV bus should be 250 MCM to meet its requirements. (Surry is not committed to IEEE 242.) Therefore, the 500 MCM aluminum feeder for the load center is acceptable. (Note: The "I squared T 11 for this cable is calculated to be 167 degrees Celsius, which conforms to the IEEE guideline.)

  • For the #1 and #2 AL cables, the "I squared T" values have resulted in temperatures of 3352 degrees Celsius and 14,267 degrees Celsius being calculated for faults at the
  • bus. These values exceed the boiling point for aluminum, (e.g. 2454 degrees Celsius,.

Note: melting point temperature is 660 degrees Celsius).

It is expected that these conductors will therefore vaporize rather than propagate flame and induce fire in the raceway system. For faults at the load, Virginia Power conservatively looked at the AFW, CH and RHR feeds* based on their cable type and circuit length. The results indicate conductor temperatures of 1466 degrees Celsius, 1354 degrees Celsius and 540 degrees Celsius, respectively.

It is expected that the AFW and CH feeders will therefore melt and act like fuses to interrupt the current. Assuming a more realistic breaker opening time of 7 cycles for the RHR feeder, will result in a. conductor temperature higher than the melting point. It should be noted that the RHR pumps are not used in normal operation or in any accident response.

They are generally used to bring the unit to cold shutdown.

There were no other cables sized between #1 and 500 MCM fed off of the 4KV bus, therefore, no other cable types were evaluated.

Based on the .above, there is-no -operability

-0r -fire .concern related to-these cables. A formal Technical Report will be generated to document the acceptability of the 4KV cable design. COMPLETION SCHEDULE A Technical Report will be issued by December 1, 1998 to document the acceptability . . of the 4KV cable design. Page 20 of 46

  • *
  • 50-280/98-201-06 IFI Serial No.98-300
  • ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Breaker-to-Breaker and Breaker-to-Fuse Analysis (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (f)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team's review of the Calculation EE-0497, "SR 480V Load Center Coordination", Rev. 0 revealed that breaker-to-breaker .or breaker-to-fuse coordination evaluations were not performed for all Class 1 E circuits.

The calculation had concluded that these additional coordination evaluations.

needed to be performed.

The licensee informed the team that these additional evaluations had not been performed.

An action item SR-38-EP-99.10 was initiated to complete the remaining evaluations.

Review of the licensee's breaker-to-breaker and breaker-to-fuse coordination is results considered Inspection.

Followup Item 50-280/98-201-06." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Calculation EE-0497, "SR 480V Load Center Coordination," concluded that additional

  • breaker-to-breaker coordination is needed (no breaker-to-fuse coordination issues were identified), however, none of the problems identified were safety significant.

The existing settings are acceptable based on current operating and calculated accident loading. Therefore, no operability issues exist. Virginia Power will provide additional tripping margin, as required, between the individual motor feeders and actual motor Full Load Current/Locked Rotor cu*rrent * (FLC/LRC).

In addition, the overcurrent setpoints for the MCC supply breakers will be increased, as required, such that the breaker settings do not limit load below the MCC ratings. This will. be accomplished by revising calculation EE-0497 and preparing a DCP to implement the setpoint changes and replace affected trip devices as required.

These changes will assure that breaker to breaker coordination provides*

appropriate electrical system protection.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November *1 s, 1998. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated to provide additional breaker coordination,.

to support implementation by the end of the 2000 Unit 2 and 2001 Unit 1 refueling outages . Page 21 of 46

  • *
  • 50-280/98-201-07 IFI ----------------

---ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Breaker Replacement (Section E1 .2.2.2.1 (g)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 'The team noted that at Surry all electrical penetrations were protected with only one breaker per original design. The review of the technical reports, EE-0094 & EE-0095 revealed that for several of the penetratio.ns the existing breakers did not provide adequate protection.

The technical report had recommended replacement of the breakers providing inadequate protection.

The team was informed that installation of all breakers was not complete and was being done under a generic breaker replacement package DCP 92-099. The team's review of the licensee's actions to replace selected breakers under DCP 92-099 is considered Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-07." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Technical Reports EE-0094 and EE-0095 document the evaluation of electrical . containment penetrations for protection against short-circuit conditions and overload conditions.

These reports document that the identified exceptions to proper protection are not considered serious due to the nature of the loads served by these circuits.

In addition, the areas not fully protected are generally small. In the event of a short-circuit, the lack of protection would most likely result in decreased qualified life, not total failure. Therefore, the existing circuit breakers are capable of preventing penetration and seal damage to the extent that they will protect the integrity of the containment in the event of a short-circuit failure. There are no operability concerns with this protection issue. Work scope additions to DCP 92-099 are being prepared to replace existing breakers with the correct size breaker . IAW Technical Reports, EE-0094 and

  • EE-0095. Replacement of the improperly sized breakers will be performed by the end of the next refueling outage for each unit. COMPLETION SCHEDULE Unit 1 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Fall 1998 refueling outage. Unit 2 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Spring 1999 refueling outage . Page 22 of 46
  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-08 URI EOG Battery Transfer Switch (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(a))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team asked the licensee to provide the original design basis and any design changes to the EOG batteries' transfer scheme. Surry EOG battery design was such that the field flash and control circuits of either EOG 1 or 2 could be manually transferred in accordance with emergency operating procedures (EOPs) to another DC source, EOG .3 battery. After a completed manual transfer, the affected circuitry for either EOG 1 or EOG 2 and EOG 3 will be supplied from EOG 3's battery. The licensee determined that the EOG batteries' transfer *scheme was the original design and that the only design change was to add fuses in the control circuits for the batteries to . perform redundant~train isolation.

The team identified the following concerns for this circuitry:

  • No analysis was available which demonstrated that EOG 3's battery was able to supply the field flash and control circuits of more than one EOG. As stated in Section E.1.2.3.2.e., calculation 14937.28, "Verification of Lead Storage Battery Size for Emergency Diesel Generators", Rev. 2 sized each EOG battery to supply the* field-flash and control circuits for one EOG for two hours of operation.
  • The use of EOG 3's battery to supply two operating EDGs may potentially lead to .a common mode failure. Because there was no analysis which demonstrated that EOG 3's battery can successfully start and operate bot_h EDGs simultaneously, in the event that the *transfer switch was used to power an EOG with a faulted battery, this situation could result in the failure of both trains of EDGs (the EOG with initially faulted battery and EOG #3).
  • The actual operation of these switches may violate the licensee's separation criteria between trains. The Surry plant standby power systems were evaluated against IEEE 308-1974 in the original Safety Evaluation Report (SER); and the .licensee based the acceptability of the plant's onsite voltages in accordance with the stated criteria in IEEE 308-1974.

That document in Section 5.3.2(3) states that "DC distribution circuits to redundant equipment shall be. physically and electrically independent of each other." Presently when a transfer is made, redundant 125 VDC load groups are connected to a singular DC source. *

  • The operation of a transfer switch may be undetected.

The team was concerned that there was a potential for the trcfnsfer switch to be out of its normal position because there was no local or remote annunciation which indicated that the switch is out of its normal position.

In addition, the operators were not required to check the proper position of the switch during their normal outside tours. However, the operators do check once a month that the switch is in the proper place as part of their "blue tag" verification program. The licensee decreased the probability of a transfer switch's misposition by installing a "blue" tag on each switch allowing it to be operated only with the Shift Supervisor's permission.

Page 23 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 The licensee initiated DR S-98-0605 to evaluate and disposition this concern but die;! not conclude its review during the inspection._

The team considered the design of the EOG battery transfer scheme a potential unreviewed safety question (USQ) since the transfer-scheme was not discussed in the UFSAR and may not have been reviewed by the NRC. The UFSAR states each EOG

  • was supplied by an independent control battery and that the independence of the EDG's batteries and starting circuits increases each EDGs' reliability.

The basis of a USQ would be that the use of the transfer switch would create a malfunction of equipment important to safety of a different type than evaluated previously in the UFSAR. Although the common mode failure of the EDGs for a unit is evaluated in the UFSAR under an SBO; this analysis is outside the design basis accident envelope and its initiating cause is not the failure of an improperly sized EOG battery. The licensee's evaluation pertaining to the design adequacy of the transfer switch and the determination of whether the design of the EOG transfer switch constitutes a potential USQ is considered an Unresolved Item 50-280/98-201-08." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE *' Virginia Power agrees that the design of the EOG battery transfer switch would require further evaluation prior to use. As an original plant feature to provide emergency or abnormal operating flexibility, the switch was not intended to be used during normal operating conditions.

In fact, with the possible exception of testing as part of the operational readiness program to support plant restart activities in the late 1980's, we have found no other evidence that this switch has ever been used. Reassessment of this feature from a risk perspective would likely conclude that the potential risk of common mode failure exceeds the benefit of flexibility in contingent actions. Accordingly, rather *than analyze the current installation for use, Virginia Power has disabled the switch by locking the switch in the "open" position.

A Design Change . Package will be generated to permanently disable the switch. As a note of clarification, this feature was initially constructed prior to issuance of IEEE 308-71 and the original review of electrical and l&C issues by the NRC was conducted in the time frame of the issuance of IEEE 308-71. Notation in the NRC discussion of Surry being evaluated to IEEE 308-74 is incorrect.

The relevant IEEE 308 reference does not distinguish "physical and electrical" independence.

We surmise that only electrical independence was confirmed when the electrical system was initially reviewed in the Operating License process. *

  • COMPLETION SCHEDULE Virginia Power has disabled the switch by locking the switch in the "open" position.

A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated to support permanently disabling the switch. The switch will be permanently disabled by June 30, 1999 . Page 24 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-09 URI DC Tie Breaker (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(b))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The main DC buses are capable of being connected together by a molded-case switch which has no overcurrent or fault protection.

During normal operation each main DC . bus is supplied by two battery chargers with a station battery floating on that bus. The buses are only tied together, during plant shutdown for maintenance on one of the batteries, to prevent loss of either DC main bus even momentarily.

Calculation EE-0499,"DC Vital Bus short Circuit Current," Rev. 1 analyzes for the maximum fault current at the main DC buses with four chargers and one *battery connected to the tied main DC buses. The combined fault contribution of two batteries connected to a common DC bus has never been evaluated in Calculation EE-0499. UFSAR page 8.4-5 states that parallel operation of the DC buses is permitted when either battery is out for maintenance.

Maintenance operating procedure (MOP) EP-030, "Removal from Service and Return to Service of Station Battery 1A", rev 0, step 5.1 .3 allows the molded-case tie switch to be closed with both batteries connected to the bus. Although there is a caution statement before step 5.1.3 which warns the technicians to minimize the time the DC busses are cross-tied with both batteries tied to the bus, the

  • team considered that there was sufficient potential for a bus fault to develop across the load side terminals of a breaker housed in a main DC bus (approximately 30 to 60 minutes) while in this situation.

The licensee performed a preliminary calculation during the inspecUon that showed, for ~ither unit, the worst case fault current with both batteries connected to a common DC bus was over 30,000 amps. That value is well above the interrupting rating of 22,000 amps for the main DC bus breakers.

By permitting the tie switch to be closed with both batteries on a common bus, the licensee has operated the plant outside of its design basis because the evolution was not supported by the existing UFSAR or the present fault current analysis for the main DC buses. The licensee has agreed with this. assessment by the team and issued DR S-98-0719.

  • The team considered this issue as another potential USQ because the potential failur~ sequence appeared to be of a different type of equipment malfunction than evaluated in either the current -UFSAR or--the -existing
design -basis analysis. -Neither of those documents permitted both station batteries to be simultaneously connected to the cross-connected DC buses. The team was informed by the licensee that an earlier version of the UFSAR -prior to DCPs 85-32 and 85-34 which performed DC vital bus expansions for Unit 1 and Unit 2 respectively

-permitted parallel operation of batteries and chargers.

Because the earlier version of the UFSAR allowed parallel operation of batteries and chargers to the DC bus, the licensee believed that this type of battery alignment can continue to be performed without the evolution resulting in a USQ. Page 25 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 However, the team's conclusion was that the earlier version of the UFSAR was no longer applicable to the current DC system. It appeared to the team that the UFSAR change regarding battery alignment limitation was made to recognize the newer and more capable batteries installed under DCPs 85-32 and 85-34. The team's rev!ew of the design changes contained in DCPs 85-32 and 85-34 found that the modification upgraded the capacity of the station batteries from 1500 to 1800 amp-hours.

With increased battery capacity, it was no longer possible to interrupt the fault current using the main DC bus breakers.

Although the main DC bus breakers interrupting capability was increased in the same modification, the increase was not sufficient to adequately interrupt the fault current from both sets of batteries.

Both the current UFSAR and design basis analysis took this conservative viewpoint.

However, the safety evaluations for DCPs 85-32 and 85-34, and those for subsequent revisions to pertinent MOPs (1 MOP-EP-30 and 204) did not address the safety aspects of operating with the more capable station batteries in parallel.

It appeared to the team that the previous UFSAR

  • description which had allowed parallel battery operation to the DC busses with the DC cross-ties shut did not necessarily preclude the potential for this previously acceptable alignment to be considered a potential USO issue in the new modified DC system. The team concluded that the previously accepted DC alignment may pose a potential USO since the design was changec;I and operation of the DC system in other than presently described in the UFSAR warrants new reviews by both the licensee and the NRC. The licensee is evaluating this issue under DR S-98-0719.

A fault current above the DC breaker's interrupting capacity is a new type of equipment malfunction which makes the total loss of DC power, never evaluated in the UFSAR, credible because the common DC bus voids the argument of the independent DC trains. The catastrophic failure of a DC main bus breaker could lead to additional faults, that could not be cleared because there are no fault-rated disconnect devices in the main battery feeds. Determination of whether shutting the DC tie breaker with both batteries connected to the DC busses con$titutes an USO is considered to be Unresolved Item 50-280/98-201-09." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Power agrees that shutting the DC tie breaker with both station batteries and ali four battery chargers connected to the DC busses is not a desired configuration but was part of the original design as described in the FSAR. DR S-98-0719 was written against the DC bus cross-tie to document that the interim configuration of two batteries and four chargers was not covered by a calculation and would likely exceed the fault interrupting current of the DC bus. Virginia Power will revise the Maintenance Operating Procedures (MOP) -for removal from service -and-return -to -service of station batteries, which currently allow the molded-case tie switch to be closed with both batteries connected to the bus. Until the MOPs are revised these procedures have been restricted from use. The new procedures will ensure that both station batteries and four chargers will not be tied together simultaneously . Previous parallel operation of the cross-tied DC Bus sections connecting two batteries and four chargers was evaluated to ensure that this configuration was within the Surry Page 26 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 design basis. The original UFSAR allowed for parallel operation of the batteries and chargers as an abnormal line-up. During the cross-tied configuration with two _1500 amp-hour batteries and two 200 amp chargers operating in parallel, the EHB branch breakers (10,000 amp interrupting rating) in the DC Switchboard would not have been able to interrupt a fault in close proximity
  • to the switchboard.

However, this configuration was used only during cold/refueling shutdown conditions, independent DC trains were not required and the consequences of either a feeder fault or a bus fault were the same. In 1988, the DC System was upgraded by implementation of DCP 85-32 and 85-34.

  • The main station battery capacity was increased to 1800 amp-hours and the original DC Switchboard EHB branch breakers were replaced with Mark 75 HFB breakers {20,000 amp interrupting rating). Short-circuit calculation 14937 .16'-E-1 (later superceded by EE-0499) was performed to confirm that the interrupting capability of the DC branch breakers were adequate.

However, it could be deduced from that short-circuit calculation, although acceptable for normal operation, that the DC branch breakers were unable to interrupt a fault near the DC Switchboard while in parallel operation.

  • As a result, the portion of the UFSAR statement regarding parallel operation of the chargers and batteries was revised. The revised statement restricted the parallel operation of the bus sections to conditions where either battery is out of service for maintenance.

The revised UFSAR statement did not preclude using the cross-tie breaker with two batteries connected as a means to allow one battery to be disconnected.

Prolonged operation with the DC Bus sections in parallel with both batteries still connected was no longer permitted and procedures were changed to ensure that the step for closing the DC cross-tie was immediately followed by the steps to disconnect either of the batteries.

This procedure structure minimized the time that the DC Bus was susceptible to excessive fault currents.

During shutdown conditions, independent DC trains are required for AFW cross connect support of the operating unit. The _loss of independence of the DC trains is allowed for 14 days during shutdown.

Again, the corisequences of either a feeder fault or a bus fault are the. same. During the execution of the cross-tie, the MOP requires \he plant to be in Cold Shutdown or Refueling Shutdown.

In accordance with Technical Specifications, two trains of shutdown cooling are required to be operable if fuel is in the reactor. If there is a loss of the DC buses, the vital buses would transfer to their alternate source without interruption of' power to the vital loads. The emergency AC buses and running pumps would continue to be energized.

Therefore, there would be no interruption of flow, flow indication or temperature indication for the RHR system. If DC power is lost, Loss of DC Power Procedure, %-AP-10.06, would provide guidance for this type of event. This procedure would -be-used -to provide guidance .for--manual -breaker-operation if there is a need to swap RHR or CC pumps etc. in order to maintain shutdown cooling. Similarly, this procedure would be used if the opposite unit requires the use of the AFW pump or Charging pump. Virginia Power concludes that the plant was within its design and licensing basis when the DC Bus Sections operated at refueling shutdowns with two . batteries and four chargers in parallel for switching operations, therefore this plant configuration does not represent a USQ. Page 27 of 46

  • *
  • COMPLETION SCHEDULE Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 Maintenance Operating Procedures (MOP), for removal from service and return to service of station batteries, which currently allow the molded-case

'tie switch to be closed with both batteries connected to the bus, will be revised by October 1 , 1998, which is prior to the next unit outage when they will be used . Page 28 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-10 IFI DC Bus Tie Interlock (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(b))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT i "The licensee is also reviewing the need to have an interlock on the tie switch between the two main DC buses in accordance with paragraph 4d of Section D of Safety Guide 6. This interlock is to prevent inadvertent operation of the tie switch. Licensee has written DR S-98-0661 to resolve the matter. The licensee's review of whether an interlock on the tie switch is needed is considered to be Inspector Followup Item 50-280/98-201-1 O." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The manual DC bus tie breaker (molded case switch) does not have an interlock, in accordance with paragraph 4d of Section D of Safety Guide (SG) 6, to prevent inadvertent operation.

As a result, DR S-98-0661 was written to document the design condition.

Recommended initial corrective action, to tag the breaker to ensure administrative control, has been taken. The tag requires Shift Supervisor.permission to operate the switch. The absence of an interlock is not considered an operability issue since the DC bus tie breaker is controlled by a procedure which contains adequate instructions and precautions.

This switch is not normally in use. Virginia Power will perform an evaluation to document whether the existing DC cross-tie configuration needs to meet SG 6 requirements and if so, the evaluation will determine if modifications are warranted.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE Virginia Power will perform an evaluation to document whether modifications are warranted to comply with SG 6 by August 1, 1998. If modifications are required, Design Change Packages (DCP) will be developed to support implementation by the end of the Unit 2, 2000 refueling outage and by the end of the Unit 1, 2001 refueling outage . Page 29 of 46

  • *
  • 50-280/98-201-11 IFI Serial No.98-300
  • ATTACHMENT 1 ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION Station Battery Calculation Discrepancies (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(d))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "The team verified the sizing of the four station batteries for their two-hour loac;t profiles in accordance with calculation EE-0046, "Surry 125 VDC Loading Analysis", Rev. 1. Calculation was acceptable with the following exceptions:

  • Assumption 4 of calculation EE-0046 did not use the most conservative values for DC input currents to the inverters from the applicable test reports. *
  • Calculation did not consider the closing of the 4KV breaker for charging pump C during the first minute.
  • Closing spring charging motors of 4KV breakers were assumed to draw 60 amps instead of the more conservative value of 80 amps
  • Worst case load demand requirements of a LOCA with high-high CLS were not . considered for the sizing of the station batteries.

The licensee initiated DR S-98-0606 to address the resolution of this topic, and performed an evaluation in accordance with IEEE 485 that demonstrated that the station batteries still had sufficient margin even when all above concerns were considered.

However, the inverters beca~e limited to a load of 9 KVA instead of their full load of 15 KVA due to the reduction in the battery design margin. The licensee's resolution of these discrepancies found in the calculations is considered Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98.:201-11." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE DR S-98-0606 did not cover the items noted* above, but was written to document errors in performing Addendum A to Calculation EE-0046. Response to DR S-98-0606 concluded that the station battery load analysis remains valid and the related equipment will perform their design function.

To address the items noted above, an informal sizing evaluation was performed in accordance with IEEE 485 during the A/E Inspection (in response to Item S-98-260) which concluded that the station batteries are acceptable.

A subsequent addendum to Calculation EE-0046 for the new Unit 1 annunciator (Addendum 01 B) took into account conservative values for inverter input current, included a first minute breaker operation for the "C" charging pump, incorporated a conservative value for spring charging motor inrush, and included other conservatisms (i.e., added random load believed to bound any worst case loading scenario).

This Addendum provides confidence that the design margins associated with the station batteries bound ttie concerns noted above.

  • Page 30 of 46
  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 DC Loading Calculation EE-0046 will be revised to formally account for the discrepancies noted above . COMPLETION SCHEDULE
  • Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999 . Page 31 of 46
  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-12 IFI EOG Battery_ Design Margin (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(e))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 "The team reviewed calculation 14937.28, Revision 2. The calculation assumed a successful EOG start at the end of the two-hour load profile and at least one unsuccessful start in the first minute. )"he team identified discrepancies with the assumption and other design inputs to the calculation.

The licensee issued DR S-97-0677 to review the following three concerns:

  • Calculation should provide the worst-case battery loading by assuming at least two unsuccessful starts in the first minute.
  • The starting currents for some DC motors, in the EOG starting circuits, may be partially concurrent with the current drawn by the EOG field flash circuitry.
  • The second start attempt in the first minute invokes two redundant starting circuits (DC auxiliary motors and control circuitry) instead of one, thereby almost doubling the load demand previously assumed. Also, the licensee committed to verify whether some additional continuous loads may be added to the battery load profile . Each concern can cause the battery load current to increase, thus reducing previous battery loading margins. The licensee did not reevaluate the sizing of the EOG batteries but felt that there was no operability concern because of the available design margin with the EOG batteries.

The licensee's review of the identified discrepancies on the battery design margin is considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50~280/98-201-,12." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE An operability review was performed for" the issues listed above per DR S-98-0677 response.

This review concluded that adequate margin is available in the EOG battery sizing such that the discrepancies identified will not reduce the available margin so as to effect battery operability.

The specific discrepancies identified are considered enhancements to the existing calculations in that the conclusions of the calculation will not change. Calculation 14937.28 for the EOG Battery two-hour load profile will be revised to incorporate the concerns listed above. In addition, calculation 14937.75, for the. EOG Battery four-hour load profile, will be reviewed to determine if similar discrepancies exist, and will be revised accordingly.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE Calculations 1493_7.28 and 14937.75 will be revised by December 16, 1998 . Page 32 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-13 IFI DC Fault Contribution (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(f))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team reviewed calculation EE-0499, "DC Vital Bus Short Circuit Current", Rev. 1, and determined that all DC buses and associated cabling for the main 125 VDC system were conservatively sized for the available short circuit currents.

Double-pole breakers provide the correct overload and fault protection for the DC system distribution circuits, and the correct sizing of protective devices ensures the requisite selective coordination between protective devices in series when applicable.

A similar analysis did not exist to determine the available fault currents to the components and distribution circuitry supplied by the EDG batteries.

Licensee wrote DR S-98-0677 to review this concern. Review of DR S-98-0677 is considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-13." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The referenced DR is associated with EDG battery duty cycle. No DR has been issued regarding available fault current since there has been no condition identified in which available fault current exceeds component-design. Virginia Power will prepare a new calculation to determine the available fault-currents to the components and distribution circuitry supplied by the EDG batteries.

Resolution of any identified improperly sized components will be handled by the corrective action process. COMPLETION SCHEDULE An EDG Battery _short-circuit calculation will ~e completed by December 1, 1998 . Page 33 of46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-14 IFI DC Load FlowNoltage Drop (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(g))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team reviewed calculation EE-0046, 11 Surry 125 VDC Loading Analysis", Revision 1 in regard to voltage available to DC components.

The licensee did not calculate the actual voltage at DC devices or components but at the ends of the field cables exiting the 125 VDC switchboards and panels. In many cases, a field cable terminates in an enclosure or rack in which the actual end component can be found but in several other cases additional cables. or wiring are traversed to get to the actual end components.

These additional cables or wiring runs cause additional voltage drops possibly hindering the operability of a given end component.

The licensee wrote a DR S-98-0649 to . evaluate all affected circuits and determine the effects of any additional voltage drops on the operability of end components. . Preliminary calculations performed by licensee during inspection did not indicate a problem with any device being unable to perform its safety function due to low voltage at it input terminals.

Additionally, this calculation showed only one inter-rack connector (twelve-foot, 750 MCM cable) when in fact there are two such connectors which for battery 1 A will cause an another .24 VDC drop in battery terminal voltage at the end of a battery discharge.

The licensee wrote DR S-98-0674 to document and evaluate the impact of the additional cable. These two items are considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-14." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The initial design of the Surry .DC system did not include calculations of the actual* voltage at the end DC devices. Informal evaluations, performed in response to DR S-98-0649, have not identified any equipment which cannot perform its safety function due to minimum voltage concerns.

Worst case bounding conditions were assumed and the voltage was determined to be adequate.

For this reason, all affected equipment has been determined to be able to perform it's intended safety function for worst case DC voltage levels. In order to ensure end components are receiving acceptable voltage, new calculations will be performed for all affected DC circuits.

Any component determined to be detrimentally affected by the actual voltage seen at the device, will be analyzed per the corrective action process. In addition, although *the calculation shows only one inter-rack connector for battery 1 A, when in fact there are two such connectors, the evaluation in response to DR S-98-0674 has determined that this drop in battery terminal voltage is bounded by the existing design basis and is not an operability concern. The revision of calculation Electrical Engineering EE-0046, noted in response to item 50-280/98-201-11 above, will incorporate the existence of two inter-rack connectors for station battery 1 A . Page 34 of 46 COMPLETION SCHEDULE Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1

  • Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999. *
  • The development of a new DC System transient model and calculation encompassing end components will be complete _by December 16, 1999 . Page 35 of 46
  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE 50-280/98-201-15 IFI Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 1 DESCRIPTION
  • Adequate DC Component Voltage (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(g))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION "A similar analysis to Item 50-280/98-201-14 does not exist to determine whether the DC components supplied by the EOG batteries have the requisite voltage at their input terminals.

Licensee is to review this concern under DR S-98-0677.

This is considered to be Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-15." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The referenced DR is associated with EOG battery duty cycle. No DR has been issued regarding adequate voltage at end devices since there has been no condition identified in which available fault current exceeds component design. Specific design calculations and testing have not been completed to assure available voltages meet equipment requirements.

Successful equipment function and functional testing indicate that available voltage operates the equipment properly.

Additional calculations, which have been recommended to increase our level of confidence in our design, will be performed by Virginia Power. In order to ensure end components are receiving acceptable voltage, a new analysis will be performed for components supplied by the EOG Batteries.

Any component determined to be detrimentally effected by the actual voltage seen at the end device will be analyzed per the corrective action process. COMPLETION SCHEDULE The development of a new analysis for voltage drops for EOG DC loads will be complete by December 16, 1999 . Page 36 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-16 IFI DC Load Control (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(h))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300

  • ATTACHMENT 1 The team reviewed the methodology for documenting load changes for both AC and DC buses, and some recent DCPs (design change packages) that had actual load changes in them. Electrical load changes are initially recorded in a computer printout of the database of SELL (Station Electrical Load List) and then incorporated in the next update of that database.

Several concerns with this process were identified by the team during the inspection.

The licensee agreed with the following team's concerns and will evaluate the process under DR S-98-0726:

  • Load changes at lower buses are not always reflected in total loading of upstream buses in between updates of the SELL data base.
  • Procedure STD-EEN-0026,"Guidelines for Electrical System Analysis," Revision 5, Step 6.1.2 requires that new loads be inputted to the electrical data base four weeks prior to issuing a draft DCP. Presently only the SELL printout is marked up prior to issuance of a DCP with new load changes inputted into the electrical database annually .
  • No one person is accountable for electrical load changes and has ownership responsibility for incorporating them in SELL database.
  • The time between both calculation revisions and SELL data base updates (5 to 7 . years tor some critical calculations) is too long with only the marked up SELL printout reflecting the true status of the loading of electrical buses in the interim.
  • Licensee reviewed 30 DCPs in response to a question by the team and found that T out of the 30 DCPs had not properly incorporated load changes into the marked up printout of the SELL database.

These errors probably would have been inputted into the SELL database at the next annual update. The total error on DC bus 28, the bus most impacted, was 4 amps. The licensee momentarily lost control of the loading on its DC buses because electrical load changes were improperly tracked. This item was identified as Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-16." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE Virginia Powers' immediate response was to verify the existing DC bus coridition, as noted above, was acceptable.

We have reconciled the 4 amp difference and have shown that adequate battery margin exists for the discrepancies identified.

In addition to the .DCPs screened by the NRC Inspector, Engineering has reviewed all DCPs with DC electrical changes tor affect on the SELL. Only minor discrepancies were identified . For the errors that were found, Engineering has incorporated the corrections into .the appropriate SELL documents.

Page 37 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 The procedures governing the .control of the SELL will be revised to strengthen the requirement to reflect load changes at lower buses in total loading of upstream buses, in between updates of the SELL data base. In addition, these procedures wiil be revised to include an appropriate time frame for issuance of a revised SELL to be
  • consistent with the current Design Change Process. Procedures will also be changed to assure changes which may affect values in other programs are applied appropriately.

The anticipated procedures affected will be NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical Systems Analysis," and Implementing Procedure EE-010, "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL." Engineering will give SELL training, encompassing the revised procedures, to .the Electrical Engineering staffs both at Innsbrook and at Surry. The responsibilities of the individuals required to maintain the SELL database will be emphasized.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE The required changes to procedures, NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical Systems Analysis" and Electrical Engineering Implementing Procedure EE-010 "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL" will be completed by December 15, 1998. Electrical Engineering training as described above will be completed by March 15, 1999 . Page 38 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-17 IFI Battery Surveillance Test (Section E1 .2.2.2.2(1))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The performance tests for the station and EOG batteries were not performed in accordance with IEEE 450-1980 which licensee imposed on itself. Licensee would terminate the performance tests after a specified time not at the end voltage of 1. 75 volts per cell per IEEE 450. This caused the battery capacity to be recorded at too low of a value and interfered with accurate trending of battery capacity.

IEEE 450 invokes the performance of a service test each year once battery capacity drops at least 1 O percent from the last test. Early termination of the performance tests delays the invoking of this increased monitoring.

Licensee was aware of this deviation from IEEE 450 and had initiated an update of the involved procedures.

To date only the performance tests for Unit 2 station and EOG batteries have been revised. If the capacity is less than 90 percent, the procedure requires that a deviation report be written, instead of the performance of a service test each year as required by IEEE 450. As a further corrective action for trending performance tests, the licensee will extrapolate the data of the last discharge test for each station battery to determine the actual capacity if the test had been completed per IEEE 450. This item was identified as Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-17." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The three performance test procedures 0/1/2-EPT-0106-08 for the EDG batteries have been revised to conform with IEEE 450-1980.

The procedures for the Station batteries will be revised accordingly.

The data from the last discharge test has been extrapolated for each Station battery and actual capacity was acceptable based on the acceptance criteria of IEEE 450. In addition, the battery capacity trends have been completed and are being maintained.

for the EDG batteries.

Trending for the Station batteries is being done and will be made consistent with the methods for EOG trending in conjunction with procedure development.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE**

Procedure revisions and capacity trending will be in place for Station batteries by September 30, 1998 . Page 39 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-18 IFI Fuse Control (Section E1 .2.2.2.2U))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The licensee has developed a fuse control program that consists of comprehensive fuse lists and procedures for replacement of fuses. The fuse lists were detailed tabulations of the safety-related fuses in power and instrument circuits depicting inherent characteristics for identification and sizing. The licensee estimated that 90 percent of the fuses in the fuse lists have been both design and field verified.

An attempt has been made to incorporate all the safety-related fuses in the fuse lists but there are outliers for which the licensee was unable to estimate the number during the inspection.

Deviation reports have been issued indicating that the fuses installed in some non-safety-related circuits were not correct. The team sampled installed fuses and the data in the fuse lists and found the fuses to be adequately sized and the supporting data to be accurate.

Recently . the licensee experienced a failure of a replacement fuse because it did not have a time overcurrent plot similar to that of original fuse. The licensee realizes that its Item Equivalency Evaluation Review (IEER) process for fuses needs to be upgraded to include similar overcurrent plots as a further qualifying item in the replacement of fuses. This item was identified as Inspector Followup Item 50-280/98-201-18." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The specific discrepancies in fuse type or size have been corrected under the Virginia Power corrective action program. The fuse control program referenced was developed after the plant was complete and in operation.

The method of capturing the 'as built' configuration was to take. the specified fuse information from existing drawings.

When . this method could not be applied, due to missing information, field walkdowns collected information from the installed fuses. This process has continued and information is

  • added as it is identified.

The referenced DRs are examples of this process in action. The same DR review demonstrated*

that there have been very few problems with incorrect fuses installed in the field. For these reasons, Virginia Power will continue to complete the fuse lists on an as-needed basis. The "90% of the fuses on the fuse list" that were stated as "verified" during the inspection were-intended-to reflect the-process identified above. Virginia Power has not had reason to question the original specification of fuses or changes to fuses made under our design control program, therefore, no specific design basis reconstitution for fuses has been. initiated.

An investigation into the replacement fuse mentioned above was performed.

Virginia Power has researched the Item Equivalency Evaluation Review (IEER) electronic database and determined that there were no IEER's performed at Surry Power Station Page 40 of 46

  • * * ------------~---

Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 for a replacement fuse. The fuse mentioned above was determined to be a replacement fuse(s), which through p*ersonnel error, was not processed through the formal item equivalency evaluation process prior to being issued out of inventory and installed into plant equipment.

A Design Reference Procedure (DRP) exist for fuses, which specifically denotes the manufacturer/model of the fuse to be used and the specific plant location(s) where installation of the fuse is acceptable.

Any suggested fuse, for either safety related, NSQ, or non-safety related applications that is not an identical (like for like) replacement is required to have the appropriate technical reviews performed and documented either through a Design Change Package (DCP) or an IEER prior to installation.

VPAP-0708, "Item Equivalency Evaluation" requires that all the critical characteristics for design be documented for the original and recommended substitute.

If there are any differences, a technical explanation for acceptability must be provided and documented in the IEER or may be included as an attachment in the form of an ET (Engineering Transmittal) provided by engineering for added technical justification.

A critical design characteristic for fuses is the time current curve. An IEER would consider, for comparison purposes, the time current curves as the primary, if not the most critical of the design characteristics.

An IEER requires an independent design review, which would include the comparison of the curves.

  • Virginia Power has determined that the procedure for the Item Equivalency Evaluation, VPAP-0708, will not require a revision.

Virginia Power will review the maintenance work management process for ensuring that non-identical replacement fuses are processed through this IEER program and will provided enhancements to the process if required.

Virginia Power will train appropriate personnel on the IEER program as it relates to identical fuse replacements.

COMPLETION SCHEDULE Virginia Power will review the process for ensuring that non-identical replacement fuses are processed through this IEER program and will provide enhancements to the IEER and maintenance work management process, if required, by December 15, 1998. Virginia Power will train appropriate personnel on the IEER program as it relates to identical fuse replacements by March 15, 1999 .. Page 41 of 46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-19 IFI RS System Flow (Section E1 .3. t.2(a)) NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team evaluated the following calculations to evaluate the capability of the RS system to fulfill its safety function:
  • 01039.621O-US-(B)-107, "Containment LOCA Analysis for Core Uprate," Rev. O
  • 01039.621O-US-(B)-106, "LOCTIC LOCA Input Parameter Values for Core Uprating," Rev. 0
  • ME-0405, "Minimum.

Required TOH for Inside Recirculation Spray (IRS) Pump for Core Uprate -Units 1 & 2," Rev. 0

  • ME-0418, "Minimum Required TOH for Outside Recirculation Spray (ORS) Pump for Core Uprate -Units 1 & 2," Rev. 0 In the analysis, a total RS flow of 5700 gpm was considered of which 2700 gpm was contributed by the IRS pumps and 3000 gpm was contributed by the ORS pumps. The review identified that calculation ME-0405 did not take into account flow diversion from the Unit 1 IRS pumps which would not be available to the RS spray headers. The team and licensee identified the following diversion paths:
  • Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of-the Recirculation Spray Coolers (1-RS-E-1A

& 1 B) with no isolation valves.

  • Through Y2" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers with partially (1 Y2 turns) open manual valves 1-RS-70 & 72 and fully open instrument valves 1-RS-71 & 73 downstream of level switches 1-RS-LS-152 A & B.
  • Through Y2" fully open drain valves 1-RS-84 & 85 downstream of which are 1/8" orifices.

Similar flow diversion paths were also identified with the Unit 2 IRS pumps:

  • Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers '(2-RS-E-1A

& 1 B) with no isolation valves.

  • Through Y2" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers with partially (1 Y2 turns) open manual valves 2-RS-18 & 19 and fully open instrument valves 2-RS-43 & 57 downstream of level switches 2-RS-LS-252 A & B. The licensee performed preliminary analyses, ET CME-98-0013, Rev. 2, -ET NAF-980038, Rev. 1, and safety evaluation 98-0033, which determined that the total flow diverted for the IRS pumps in Unit 1 and Unit 2 was about 47 and 44 gpm respectively . The analyses also determined that all IRS pumps in both units would provide more than the required 2700 gpm, the least (Unit 1, Train A) being 2738 gpm and the most (Unit 2, Train B) being 3029 gpm, to the recirculation spray headers after allowing for the losses Page 42 of 46
  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 . ATTACHMENT 1 through the above mentioned unidentified flow paths. The inspection team concurred with the conclusions of the analyses . The review also identified that calculation ME-0418 did not take into account flow diversion from the Unit 1 ORS pumps which would not be available to the RS spray headers. The team and licensee identified the following diversion paths:
  • Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers (1-RS-E-1C

& 1 D) with no isolation valves.

  • Through %" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation

_Spray Coolers with partially (1 % turns) open manual valves 1-RS-74 & 76 and fully open instrument valves 1-RS-75 & 77 downstream of level switches 1-RS-LS-152 C & D.

  • Through %" fully open drain valves 1-RS-86 & 87 downstream of which are 1/8" orifices.

Similarly, the calculation ME-0418 did not take into account the flow diversion paths for the ORS pumps in Unit 2.

  • Drain lines routed to the emergency sump and located downstream of check valves, 2-RS-11 and 17, with spectacle flanges 2-'RS-FNG-70A

& 71A. These drain lines do not indicate any line number identification or pipe sizes on the drawing.

  • Through 3/8" vents on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers (2-RS-E-1C and 1 D) with no isolation valves .
  • Through %" instrument tubing on the RS side of the Recirculation Spray Coolers with partially (1 % turns) open manual valves 2-RS-20 & 21 and fully open instrument valves 2-RS-64 & 65 downstream of level switches 2-RS-LS-252 C & D. The licensee's preliminary analyses, ET CME-98-0013, Rev. 2, ET NAF-980038, Rev. 1, and safety evaluation 98-0033, in this case determined that the total flow diverted for the ORS pumps in Unit 1 and Unit 2 was about 47 and 87 gpm respectively.

The analyses further determined that all ORS pumps in both units provide less than the required 3000 gpm, the worst (Unit 2, Train B) being 2958 gpm and the best (Unit 1, Train B) being 2998 gpm, to the recirculation spray headers after taking into account the losses through the above mentioned unidentified flow paths. However, for either A or B Train, the IRS pump flows have enough margins to cover the reduced flow from both ORS pumps, such that the total required flow of 5700 gpm for any RS train used in the containment analysis was not affected.

The worst case IRS and ORS combination was Unit 1, Train A, which would deliver 5721 gpm to the spray headers after*allowing for the loss~s through the unidentified flow paths in both the IRS and ORS pumps. Therefore, the preliminary analyses concluded that the acceptance criteria for the containment analyses of record would conti~ue to be met even with the loss of flow from the unidentified flow paths for both Surry Units . Safety evaluation 98-0033 was prepared to revise the UFSAR Section 6.3 to discuss the impact of the diverted flow through the vents and drains, and that the reduction in Page 43 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 the ORS flow requirements to ~he spray headers would not affect the total RS flow values used in the containment analysis for core uprate. Also, licensee issued DR S-98-0673 to take corrective actions, including alternatives to minimize flow through the unidentified flow paths. Licensee's long term resolution to this issue is considered an Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-19." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The following flowpaths, that divert flow from the Recirculation Spray System (RS) headers, were determined to be unac_counted for in previous RS system flow analysis:
  • RS Heat Exchangers (RSHX) shell level switch vent/drains that are maintained open
  • Drain line downstream of Outside RS inside Containment Isolation Valve
  • Shell vents on the RSHXs Engineering Transmittals CME 98-0013, Rev. 2, and NAF 98-0038, Rev. 0, were . prepared to provide technical assurance of the ability* of the RS system to deliver required flows through the combination of both the inside and outside RS system spray arrays in order to effect design basis containment depressurization, while accounting for system flows through vents and drains that are currently not included in ttie RS system design basis flow calculations.

The analysis concluded that the RS system continues to meet the acceptance criteria for the containment analysis of record . The need for each of these flowpaths will be evaluated and, if not necessary, it will be deleted. For the flowpaths that can be eliminated, a Design Change Package (DCP) and/or procedure revisions will be prepare~.

The changes will be implemented by the end of the 1998 RFO for Unit 1 and the 1999 RFO for Unit 2. System flow calculations will be updated by the implementation of the DCPs to include those flowpaths that could not be eliminated.

In addition, a review of the Surry Containment Spray system will be performed to ensure that unanalyzed diversion flowpaths do not exist. This review will be completed by December 15; 1998. COMPLETION SCHEDULE Design. Changes will be implemented to eliminate non-needed flow paths for the RS system by the end of the 1998 refueling outage for Unit 1 and 1999 refueling outage for Unit 2. System flow calculations will be updated by the implementation of the DCPs to include those flowpaths1hat could not be eliminated.

The Containment Spray System review will be completed by December 15, 1998 . Page44 of46

  • *
  • ITEM NUMBER FINDING TYPE DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-20 IFI Unqualified Coatings (Section E1 .3.1.2(c))

NRC ISSUE DISCUSSION Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 "The team, however, noted that the coating (paint) systems on the RCP motors were not qualified to withstand the post accident conditions in the containment.

Their delamination during accident and subsequent migration inside containment to the containment emergency sump could result* in the blockage of the fine-mesh screens surrounding the sump. This in turn would impede the flow of the spray water.

  • Thus, adversely affecting the NPSH of the RS and LHSI pumps that take suction from this sump in the long term recirculation mode after a LOCA. A preliminary evaluation performed by the licensee indicated that due to the tortuous path and the low velocity (SWEC calculation 14937.30-US(B)-075, "Transport of Paint Chips to the Containment Sump Screens," Rev. 0, December 12, 1988) at which the failed coatings from the RCP motors would be transported, operability of the RS and LHSI pumps would not be affected.
  • However, the licensee has not yet identified all the unqualified coatings inside containment that could potentially fail due to irradiation at the post accident environmental conditions inside containment.

Also, the calculation 14937.30-US(B)-

075 did not address the running of the .LHSI pumps and the resultant effect on the velocity, zone of influence, and the quantity of failed coatings in suspension in the water. Therefore; the licensee has initiated a PPR 98-022 and DR S-98-0667 to determine all the unqualified coatings inside containment and evaluate the impact of their delamination and migration to the containment sump screens and eventual blockage of the containment sump screens. Licensee's evaluation of the effect from unqualified coatings on the containment sump screens is considered ah Inspection Followup Item 50-280/98-201-20." VIRGINIA POWER RESPONSE The acceptability of coatings in containment applied in accordance with the original *construction specification is based on the original evaluations for selection and application of coatings.

A degree of testing and assessment of the original coatings was conducted

    • that *documen,ed
    • the *suitability of application for an accident environment.

The analysis performed employed methods that were considered to be state of the art. Controlled documents were employed to direct the application of coatings in containment and have been periodically revised to incorporate DBA qualified coatings .that met adopted industry standards.

Based on Virginia Power's previous assessment of coatings inside containment, the operability of the containment sump is currently not in question.

Page 45 of 46

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 1 An effort has commenced in which unqualified coatings and other debris sources (herein now referred to as debris) inside containment will be identified.

This information will be evaluated to determine the affect of debris migration and potential blocking of the containment emergency sump. The adverse affect~ of sump blockage on NPSH of the RS and LHSI pumps that take suction from the sump will also be evaluated.

Virginia Power has developed a* preliminary Scope of Work that addresses the major elements and parameters to be investigated as discussed in the inspection report. The objectives of this investigation have been divided into two major tasks described below. These tasks will be implemented in distinct phases. Task 1: Task 2: Perform a coating condition assessment

-This task will determine the qualification status of coating inside containment.

This will also provide the initial data base required to initiate the unqualified coating log that tracks the status of unqualified coatings inside containment.

This task will provide a basis for a program to be developed to evaluate coatings on replacement equipment and components for use inside containment.

  • Analysis and assessment of available NPSH margin -This task will estimate the amount of coating surface area that can fail by evaluating the total debris (insulation, coating and other) blockage and resulting pressure drop compared to the available NPSH margin. Also, zones of influence for determining the quantity of debris that migrates to the emergency sump will be identified and analysis of debris transport and NPSH will be performed.

The Scope of Work and Schedule are listed in this response as preliminary.

This is due to the expected issuance of an NRC Generic Letter addressing unqualified coatings.

Virginia Power will follow the action plan outlined above until such time that a Generic Letter is issued. At this point, Virginia Power will review the requirements of the Generic

  • Letter and assess the need to modify our action plan. Revisions to our scope and schedule may be in order to join an integrated tndustry review and response.

Any changes to the above action plan and schedule, due to the issuance of a Generic Letter, will be promptly communicated*to the NRC. COMPLETION SCHEDULE The preliminary schedule for the completion of Tasks 1 and 2 is January 31, 2001 . Page 46 of 46

    • *
  • ATTACHMENT 2 PROGRAM ENHANCEMENTS SERIAL NO.98-300
  • *
  • PROGRAM ENHANCEMENTS 1 ). Corrective Action NRC Observations related to the Corrective Action Process Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 In the Executive Summary to NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRC made the following observation: "The licensee failed to effectively resolve issues identified through their engineering analyses and self-assessments.

These examples included:

failure to resolve the acceptability of AC voltage which was calculated to be less than the design value of 480 volts at the bus; failure to perform the recommended breaker-to-breaker or breaker-to-fuse coordination evaluations; and some corrective actions resulting from the licensee's Electrical Distribution Safety Functional Assessment (EDSFA)." Virginia Power Response Corrective actions for Virginia.

Power are guided by our administrative procedures VPAP-1501, "Deviation Reports" and VPAP-1601, "Corrective Action." These administrative guidelines lay the foundation for early identification of issues and the complete and thorough resolution of identified concerns.

Station Management has taken an active role in ensuring that deviation reports (DRs) and commitment tracking system {CTS) items are properly and thoroughly resolved.

Although, Virginia Power" has a strong program, it is recognized that improvements to the programs can be made to ensure corrective actions are effectively implemented.

  • Virginia Power recognizes that recommendations and follow-up actions identified in Engineering documents such as calculations, technical reports, and Engineering Transmittals (ETs) have not always been* clearly translated into completed actions or tracked to resolution.

Engineering is evaluating the causes and possible remedies for this situation.

Program weak_nesses and human error have contributed to deficiencies in the implementation of these programs.

This comprehensive evaluation will provide insight into actions needed to prevent a repeat of the problems identified during the inspection effort. For example, issues will be tracked to resolution by providing appropriate tracking mechanisms, engineers will be trained to provide closure on open issues, and procedural guidance will be added to assure required corrective actions are always included in the established corrective action program. Revisions will then be made to applicable procedures and standards by August 31, 1998 to ensure that required actions are identified, tracked and fully implemented.

This evaluation will address all Engineering procedures and standards for preparing calculations, technical reports, and ETs. Training will then be provided to all appropriate Engineering personnel by September 30, 1998 to ensure the programmatic improvements are Page 1 of 6

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATIACHMENT 2 Additionally, Engineering's Potential Problem Reporting (PPR) process will be reviewed for possible enhancements.

The PPR process is used to evaluate complex technical issues to determine whether a deviating condition exists. The PPR process ties to the existing company DR process have been strengthened in recent months to ensure problems are quickly and thoroughly identified and then fed into the Station's existing corrective action programs.

As Virginia Power noted during the inspection, the EDSFA/EDSFI identified a number of Engineering actions which have not yet been completed.

As a result, a Root Cause Evaluation (RCE) is being conducted to determine what open issues remain, why the issues were not properly completed and identify an action plan for resolution of the open issues. This root cause evaluation is reviewing all of the action items from EDSFA, not just the open items,* to ensure that actions taken or planned are acceptable.

The results of the RCE will be presented to management for approval of recommended corrective actions by July 31, 1998. Engineering is developing a new work management tool that will support the resolution of corrective actions. This new "Task Tracking" program will provide a comprehensive tracking system of the Engineering work load to provide management with information to allocate resources to support effective and timely completion of corrective action work items . Page 2 of 6

  • *
  • 2). Configuration Management NRC Observations related to Configuration Management Serial No.98-300
  • ATIACHMENT 2 In the May 11, 1998 cover letter transmitting NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRC made the following observation: "Based on the number of discrepancies found in your UFSAR and your design basis documents (DBDs), your additional attention to improve the quality of these documents appeared warranted." In the Exe6utive Summary to NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201, the NRG made the following observation: "Other discrepancies included instances where the surveillance procedures were not consistent with design bases, differences between the as-built configuration and the system design as shown on the drawing or the UFSAR, and various calculation deficiencies.

The team had some difficulties in obtaining the most recent calculations because the licensee's calculation index system did not distinguish between active and inactive calculations.

The team also identified a number of UFSAR and DBD discrepancies." Virginia Power Response Virginia Power agrees that additional attention to improve the quality of the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) and Design Basis Documents (DBD) is warranted and that discrepancies exist among those various documents.

Actions to identify and resolve those discrepancies have been underway since April 1997 when Virginia Power established a new organization within its Nuclear Business Unit to address the concern. The new organization, entitled the Integrated Configuration Management Project, has as its .primary goal the effective management of ongoing programs intended to improve design and licensing bases documentation, and to demonstrate compliance with those bases in the operation of Surry Power Station. The overall Project approach is to complete the verification and validation of plant configurations, operations documents, the UFSAR, and Improved Technical*

Specifications (ITS) on a system-by-system basis, following the issuance of individual system Design Basis Documents.

Integration Review teams, lead by project engineers and comprised of engineering, operations, and licensing personnel, conduct comprehensive reviews utilizing a -rigorous -methodology to *demonstrate that operations at Surry complies with its design and licensing bases, and to initiate change documents as required.

The Project was initially described in our February 7, 1997 response to NRC's October 9, 1996 1 OCFR50.54(f) request for information regarding the adequacy and availability of design basis information.

Further details were provided in our May 23, 1997 letter to Page 3 of 6

    • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 the NRC in which the scope and methodology of an updated FSAR review and validation plan were provided to meet NRC's expectations as expressed in the October 18, 1996 Enforcement Policy revision.

The Project represents a substantial undertaking by Virginia Power. Upon management approval of the Project, substantial efforts were required to mobilize the new organization.

These effects included staffing, acquiring physical facilities and computer resources, and developing the detailed methodology, procedures, and computer software necessary to support various Project . tasks. Project staffing is roughly 70 personnel, including more than 50 full-time project staff and an equivalent of 20 full-time technical staff drawn from within the Virginia Power Nuclear organization to support the various integrated review teams. During the inspection, NRG observed instances where the surveillance procedures were not consistent with the design bases, and* differences were identified between the as-built configuration and the system design as shown in a drawing or in the UFSAR. . The NRG also identified a number of other UFSAR and DBD discrepancies.

It is Virginia Power's intent to address and correct each discrepancy identified by the N RC in a timely manner. Each discrepancy has been entered into the Project's tracking database and will be resolved during the integrated review for the affected system in accordance with the Project's published schedule.

In summary, Virginia Power has already focused appropriate attention and resources on the concern expressed in the NRG's May 11, 1998 inspection report. Based on Project results to date, the Integration Reviews are demonstrating the adequacy qf design and licensing bases information on a system basis, and initiating corrective action, when required.

However, to determine whether any enhancements to existing processes are appropriate, those review processes will be assessed in light of the specific observations described in NRG Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201 regarding design and licensing bases documents.

That assessment will be completed by August 31, 1998 . Page4 of 6

  • *
  • 3). Calculation Deficiencies NRC Observations related to Calculation Deficiencies Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 In the Executive Summary to NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281 /98-201, the NRC made the following observations: "The team had some difficulties in obtaining the most recent calculations because the licensee's calculation index system did not distinguish between active and inactive calculations." "The licensee did not have a robust amount of electrical calculations to support the AC and DC system design basis. The following were unavailable:

cable ampacity calculation to verify cable sizing; calculations to demonstrate that the penetration circuits were within design limits; analyses which justified the sizing of the DC penetrations; analyses which examined the fault currents to the DC components and their distribution circuitry; and analyses which showed that the DC voltage at the component level was adequate to operate the devices." Virginia Power Response Virginia Power has high confidence that plant systems are conservatively designed with respect to plant design basis. The Design Basis Document (DBD) program, which has been in process since 1989, has completed identification of critical calculations for electrical systems and performed an assessment to determine the adequacy of those calculations to support the electrical system design. Where necessary, critical calculations were reconstituted to ensure that the minimum set of design information exists to de_monstrate that system functional requirements are met. DBD open items were generated to further upgrade the body of electrical calculations to enhance the . availability of design basis information.

The DBD program contains an ongoing element to identify and resolve open issues related to electrical calculations; Through planned and ongoing efforts, Virginia Power will address additional calculations, which have been recommended to increase our level of confidence in our design.

  • Additional measures to control documentation of which calculations are active will be pursued to reduce the likelihood of an error in maintaining our program. Calculation Control -An enhancement to the Virginia Power calculation control program has been implemented which reinforces the requirement that all users determine which calculations, or portions of calculations are active prior to their reference or use. A study-is being-conducted to determine
  • if any further changes to this program are needed that would enhance the users ability to determine the status of calculations..

The study will be completed and any changes to the program will be incorporated by January 31, 1999 . Page 5 of 6

  • *
  • Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 2 Electrical Calculations

-The design of the Surry Power Station was such that detailed component level calculations were not documented, in some cases, during original design. To upgrade the calculatio'n availability for the electrical systems, the following calculations will be performed:

1. Cable ampacity calculations to verify cable sizing will be completed by December 1 , 1998. 2. Calculations to demonstrate that the penetration circuits are within design limits will be completed by December 1 , 1998. 3. Analyses to justify the sizing of the DC penetrations will be completed by December 31, 1998. 4. Analyses to examine the fault currents to the DC components and their distribution circuitry will be completed per the response to Item 50-280/98-201-13.
5. Analyses to show that the DC voltage, at the component level, is adequate to operate the devices* will be completed per the responses to Items 50-280/98-201-14 & 15 . Page 6 of 6
  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 3

SUMMARY

OF COMMITMENTS SERIAL NO.98-300

  • *
  • ATTACHMENT 3

SUMMARY

OF COMMITMENTS The following commitments are made in response to the findings identified in Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201.

  • 1. 2. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
  • COMMITMENT ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION 50-280/98-201-02 Error in Calculation SM-1047, "Reactor Cavity Water Holdup" The UFSAR changes associated with the Safety Injection System NPSH analysis penalties are to be incorporated into the UFSAR by August 31, 1998. 50-281/98-201-03 Unit 2 LHSI Pump Minimum Flow COMMITMENT A modification package will be implemented during the 1999 Refueling Outage for Unit 2 and the 2000 Refueling Outage for Unit 1 to resolve the susceptibility of the LHSI Pumps to interaction during periods when the pumps are operated in
  • parallel on the recirculation flowpath.

Virginia Power's evaluations performed in response to NRC IEB B8-04 will be reviewed to ensure that there are no other invalid assumptions regarding pumps that are susceptible to potentially harmful interactions.

This review will be completed by October 1, 1998 and a revised response submitted, if necessary.

3. . ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT 50-280/98-201-04 Motor Thermal Overload for 1-S 1-P-1 B Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. The Design Change Package (DCP) to install the new
  • LTD/INST trip settings by modifying or replacing the breaker, as required, associated with the 1-SI-P-1 B pump motor, will be implemented by June 30, 199.9. . Page 1 of 6 Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 3 ..
  • 4 . ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-05 DESCRIPTION Adequacy of 4160 VAC Electrical Cables to Withstand Fault Current COMMITMENT A Technical Report will be issued by December 1, 1998 to document the acceptability of the 4KV cable design. 5. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-06 DESCRIPTION Breaker-to-Breaker and Breaker-to-Fuse Analysis COMMITMENT Calculation EE-0497 will be revised by November 15, 1998. A Design Change Package (DCP) will be generated to provide
  • additional breaker-to-breaker coordination and to support implementation by the end of the 2000 Unit 2 and 2001 Unit 1 refueling outages. 6. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-07 DESCRIPTION Breaker Replacement
  • COMMITMENT Work scope additions to DCP 92-099 are being prepared to replace existing breakers with the correct size breaker IAW Technical Reports, EE-0094 and EE-0095. Unit 1 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Fall 1998 refueling outage. Unit 2 breakers will be replaced by the end of the Spring 1999 refueling outage. 7. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-08 DESCRIPTION EOG Battery Transfer Switch COMMITMENT A Design Change Package will be generated to support permanently disabling the EDG Battery transfer switch. The switch will be permanently disabled by June 30, 1999 .
  • Page 2 of 6

..

  • 8 . 9. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
10. ITEM NUMBER
  • DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
  • 11. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
12. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT 50-280/98-201-09 DC Tie Breaker Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 3 Maintenance Operating Procedures (MOP), for removal from service and return to service of station batteries, will be revised by October 1 , 1998. 50-280/98-201-10 DC Bus Tie Interlock Virginia Power will perform an evaluation to document whether modifications are warranted to comply with Safety Guide (SG) 6 by August 1, 1998. If modifications are required, Design Change Packages will be developed to support implementation by the end of the U11it 2, 2000 refueling outage and by the end of the Unit 1, 2001 refueling outage. 50-280/98-201-11 Station Battery Calculation Discrepancies Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999. 50-280/98-201-12 EOG Battery Design Margin Calculations 14937.28 and 14937.75 will be revised by December 16, 1998 .. 50-280/98-201-13 DC Fault Contribution An EOG Battery short circuit calculation will be completed by . December 1 ; 1998 . Page 3 of 6 r ., * *
  • 13. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
14. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
15. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT
16. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMMITMENT 50-280/98-201-14 DC Load FlowNoltage Drop Serial No.98-300 ATTACHMENT 3 Calculation EE-0046 will be revised by March 30, 1999 The development of a new DC System transient model and calculation encompassing end components will be completed by December 1, 1999. 50-280/98-201-15 Adequate DC Component Voltage The development of a new analysis for voltage drops for EOG DC loads will be completed by December 1, 1999. 50-280/98-201-16 DC Load Control The required changes to procedures, NDCM STD-EEN-0026, "Electrical Systems Analysis" and
  • Electrical Engineering Implementing Procedure EE-010 "Update, Review and Approval of the GDC-17 and SELL" will be completed by December 15, 1998. Electrical Engineering Training, as noted in the response, will be completed by March 15, 1999. 50-280/98-201-17 Battery Surveillance Test Procedure revisions and capacity trending will be in place for Station batteries by September 30, 1998 . Page 4 of 6 I' Serial No.98-300
  • ATTACHMENT 3 ,J. ~7. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-18
  • DESCRIPTION Fuse Control COMMITMENT Virginia Power will review the process for ensuring that non-identical replacement fuses are processed through this IEER program and will provide enhancements to the IEER and maintenance work management process, if required, by December 15, 1998. Virginia Power will train appropriate personnel on the IEER program as it relates to non-identical fuse replacements by March 15, 1999. 18. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-19 DESCRIPTION RS System Flow COMMITMENT Design Changes will be implemented to eliminate non-needed flow paths for the RS system by the end c:.if the 1998 refueling outage for Unit 1 and 1999 refueling outage for Unit 2 . System flow calculations will be updated by the
  • implementation of the DCPs to include those flowpaths that could not be eliminated.

The Containment Spray System review will be completed by December 15, 1998. 19. ITEM NUMBER 50-280/98-201-20 DESCRIPTION Unqualified Coatings*

COMMITMENT The preliminary schedule for the project is January 31, 2001 for the completion of Tasks 1 and 2 as described in the response .

  • Page 5 of 6
  • * *
20. CORRECTIVE ACTION PROGRAM COMMITMENT Revisions will be made to applicable Corrective Action Program procedures and standards by August 31, 1998 to ensure that required actions are identified, tracked and fully implemented.

This evaluation will address all engineering procedures and standards for preparing calculations, technical reports, and ETs. Training will be provided to all appropriate engineering personnel by September 30, 1998 to ensure the programmatic improvements are understood and utilized.

The results of the Electrical Distribution System Functional Assessment (EDSFA) Hoot Cause Evaluation (RCE) will be presented to management for approval of recommended corrective actions by July 31, 1998. 21. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT

22. COMMITMENT Specific observations described in NRC Inspection Report Nos. 50-280/98-201 and 50-281/98-201 regarding design and licensing bases documents, wili be reviewed to _ determine whether any enhancements to the existing Integrated Review Team processes are appropriate.
  • This assessment will be completed by August 31, 1998 . CALCULATION DEFICIENCIES COMMITMENT Changes will be incorporated into the calculation control program by January 31, 1999. To upgrade the calculation availability for the electrical systems, the following calculations will be performed:
  • 1. Cable ampacity calculations to verify cable sizing will be completed by December 1, 1998. 2. Calculations to demonstrate that the penetration circuits are within design limits will be completed by December 1, 1998. 3. Analyses to justify the sizing of the DC penetrations will be completed by December 31, 1998. . 4. Analyses to examine the fault currents to the DC components

... .and .. their ... distribution

--circuitry will be completed per the response to Item 50-280/98-201-13.

5. Analyses to show that the DC voltage, at the component level, is adequate to operate the devices will be completed per the responses to Items 50-280/98-201-14

& 15 . Page 6 of 6